update qmake to 1.05a

31 files changed, 1115 insertions, 678 deletions

diff --git a/qmake/tools/qbitarray.cpp b/qmake/tools/qbitarray.cpp
index 4f4e14b..1aaf963 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qbitarray.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qbitarray.cpp
@@ -168,65 +168,66 @@ QBitArray::QBitArray( uint size ) : QByteArray( 0, 0 )
     Constructs a shallow copy of \a a.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn QBitArray &QBitArray::operator=( const QBitArray &a )
 
     Assigns a shallow copy of \a a to this bit array and returns a
     reference to this array.
 */
 
 
 /*!
     Pad last byte with 0-bits.
 */
 void QBitArray::pad0()
 {
     uint sz = size();
     if ( sz && sz%8 )
 	*(data()+sz/8) &= (1 << (sz%8)) - 1;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \fn uint QBitArray::size() const
 
     Returns the bit array's size (number of bits).
 
     \sa resize()
 */
 
 /*!
     Resizes the bit array to \a size bits and returns TRUE if the bit
-    array could be resized; otherwise returns FALSE.
+    array could be resized; otherwise returns FALSE. The array becomes
+    a null array if \a size == 0.
 
     If the array is expanded, the new bits are set to 0.
 
     \sa size()
 */
 
 bool QBitArray::resize( uint size )
 {
     uint s = this->size();
     if ( !QByteArray::resize( (size+7)/8 ) )
 	return FALSE;				// cannot resize
     SHBLOCK->nbits = size;
     if ( size != 0 ) {				// not null array
 	int ds = (int)(size+7)/8 - (int)(s+7)/8;// number of bytes difference
 	if ( ds > 0 )				// expanding array
 	    memset( data() + (s+7)/8, 0, ds );	//   reset new data
     }
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Fills the bit array with \a v (1's if \a v is TRUE, or 0's if \a v
     is FALSE).
 
     fill() resizes the bit array to \a size bits if \a size is
     nonnegative.
 
     Returns FALSE if a nonnegative \e size was specified and the bit
     array could not be resized; otherwise returns TRUE.
 
     \sa resize()
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qbuffer.cpp b/qmake/tools/qbuffer.cpp
index b213dd9..0fc90e4 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qbuffer.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qbuffer.cpp
@@ -167,66 +167,66 @@ bool QBuffer::setBuffer( QByteArray buf )
 
     \sa setBuffer()
 */
 
 /*!
     \reimp
 
     Opens the buffer in mode \a m. Returns TRUE if successful;
     otherwise returns FALSE. The buffer must be opened before use.
 
     The mode parameter \a m must be a combination of the following flags.
     \list
     \i \c IO_ReadOnly opens the buffer in read-only mode.
     \i \c IO_WriteOnly opens the buffer in write-only mode.
     \i \c IO_ReadWrite opens the buffer in read/write mode.
     \i \c IO_Append sets the buffer index to the end of the buffer.
     \i \c IO_Truncate truncates the buffer.
     \endlist
 
     \sa close(), isOpen()
 */
 
 bool QBuffer::open( int m  )
 {
     if ( isOpen() ) {                           // buffer already open
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
         qWarning( "QBuffer::open: Buffer already open" );
 #endif
         return FALSE;
     }
     setMode( m );
     if ( m & IO_Truncate ) {                    // truncate buffer
-        a.resize( 0 );
-        a_len = 0;
+        a.resize( 1 );
+        a_len = 1;
     }
     if ( m & IO_Append ) {                      // append to end of buffer
         ioIndex = a.size();
     } else {
         ioIndex = 0;
     }
     a_inc = 16;
     setState( IO_Open );
     setStatus( 0 );
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 /*!
     \reimp
 
     Closes an open buffer.
 
     \sa open()
 */
 
 void QBuffer::close()
 {
     if ( isOpen() ) {
         setFlags( IO_Direct );
         ioIndex = 0;
         a_inc = 16;
     }
 }
 
 /*!
     \reimp
 
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qcomlibrary.cpp b/qmake/tools/qcomlibrary.cpp
index a7162fc..2a1b75a 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qcomlibrary.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qcomlibrary.cpp
@@ -34,64 +34,68 @@
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "qcomlibrary_p.h"
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
 #include <qapplication.h>
 #include <qsettings.h>
 #include <qfileinfo.h>
 #include <qdatetime.h>
 #include <qcleanuphandler.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 #  include "qmutexpool_p.h"
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
 #ifndef QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT
 # if defined(QT_DEBUG)
 #  define QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT 1
 # endif
 #endif
 
 
 QComLibrary::QComLibrary( const QString &filename )
     : QLibrary( filename ), entry( 0 ), libiface( 0 ), qt_version( 0 )
 {
 }
 
 QComLibrary::~QComLibrary()
 {
     if ( autoUnload() )
 	unload();
+    if ( libiface )
+	libiface->release();
+    if ( entry )
+	entry->release();
 }
 
 bool QComLibrary::unload()
 {
     if ( libiface ) {
 	libiface->cleanup();
 	if ( !libiface->canUnload() )
 	    return FALSE;
 	libiface->release();
 	libiface = 0;
     }
     int refs = entry ? entry->release() : 0;
     if ( refs )
 	return FALSE;
 
     entry = 0;
 
     return QLibrary::unload();
 }
 
 static bool qt_verify( const QString& library, uint version, uint flags,
 		    const QCString &key, bool warn )
 {
     uint our_flags = 1;
 #if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
     our_flags |= 2;
 #endif
 
     if ( (flags & 1) == 0 ) {
 	if ( warn )
 	    qWarning( "Conflict in %s:\n"
 		      "  Plugin cannot be queried successfully!",
@@ -362,139 +366,132 @@ static bool qt_unix_query( const QString &library, uint *version, uint *flags,
     if ( mapaddr != MAP_FAILED && munmap(mapaddr, maplen) != 0 ) {
 	qWarning( "munmap: %s", strerror( errno ) );
     }
 #endif // USE_MMAP
 
     file.close();
     return ret;
 }
 
 #endif // Q_OS_UNIX
 
 
 static QSettings *cache = 0;
 static QSingleCleanupHandler<QSettings> cleanup_cache;
 
 void QComLibrary::createInstanceInternal()
 {
     if ( library().isEmpty() )
 	return;
 
     QFileInfo fileinfo( library() );
     QString lastModified  = fileinfo.lastModified().toString();
     QString regkey = QString("/Qt Plugins %1.%2/%3")
 		     .arg( ( QT_VERSION & 0xff0000 ) >> 16 )
 		     .arg( ( QT_VERSION & 0xff00 ) >> 8 )
 		     .arg( library() );
     QStringList reg;
     uint flags = 0;
     QCString key;
     bool query_done = FALSE;
     bool warn_mismatch = TRUE;
 
-    if ( ! query_done ) {
-
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &cache ) );
+    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			 qt_global_mutexpool->get( &cache ) : 0 );
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
-	if ( ! cache ) {
-	    cache = new QSettings;
-	    cache->insertSearchPath( QSettings::Windows, "/Trolltech" );
-	    cleanup_cache.set( &cache );
-	}
+    if ( ! cache ) {
+	cache = new QSettings;
+	cache->insertSearchPath( QSettings::Windows, "/Trolltech" );
+	cleanup_cache.set( &cache );
+    }
 
-	reg = cache->readListEntry( regkey );
-	if ( reg.count() == 4 ) {
-	    // check timestamp
-	    if ( lastModified == reg[3] ) {
-		qt_version = reg[0].toUInt(0, 16);
-		flags = reg[1].toUInt(0, 16);
-		key = reg[2].latin1();
+    reg = cache->readListEntry( regkey );
+    if ( reg.count() == 4 ) {
+	// check timestamp
+	if ( lastModified == reg[3] ) {
+	    qt_version = reg[0].toUInt(0, 16);
+	    flags = reg[1].toUInt(0, 16);
+	    key = reg[2].latin1();
 
-		query_done = TRUE;
-		warn_mismatch = FALSE;
-	    }
+	    query_done = TRUE;
+	    warn_mismatch = FALSE;
 	}
     }
 
 #if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
     if ( ! query_done ) {
 	// get the query information directly from the plugin without loading
 	if ( qt_unix_query( library(), &qt_version, &flags, &key ) ) {
  	    // info read succesfully from library
  	    query_done = TRUE;
 	}
     }
 #else // !Q_OS_UNIX
     if ( ! query_done ) {
 	// get the query information by loading the plugin
 	if ( !isLoaded() ) {
 	    Q_ASSERT( entry == 0 );
 	    if ( !load() )
 		return;
 	}
 
 #  ifdef Q_CC_BOR
 	typedef const char * __stdcall (*UCMQueryVerificationDataProc)();
 #  else
 	typedef const char * (*UCMQueryVerificationDataProc)();
 #  endif
 	UCMQueryVerificationDataProc ucmQueryVerificationdataProc;
 	ucmQueryVerificationdataProc =
 	    (UCMQueryVerificationDataProc) resolve( "qt_ucm_query_verification_data" );
 
 	if ( !ucmQueryVerificationdataProc ||
 	     !qt_parse_pattern( ucmQueryVerificationdataProc(),
 				&qt_version, &flags, &key ) ) {
 	    qt_version = flags = 0;
 	    key = "unknown";
 	} else {
 	    query_done = TRUE;
 	}
     }
 #endif // Q_OS_UNIX
 
     QStringList queried;
     queried << QString::number( qt_version,16 )
 	    << QString::number( flags, 16 )
 	    <<  key
 	    << lastModified;
 
     if ( queried != reg ) {
-
-#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &cache ) );
-#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
 	cache->writeEntry( regkey, queried );
 	// delete the cache, which forces the settings to be written
 	delete cache;
 	cache = 0;
     }
 
     if ( ! query_done ) {
 	if ( warn_mismatch ) {
 	    qWarning( "Conflict in %s:\n Plugin cannot be queried successfully!",
 		      (const char*) QFile::encodeName( library() ) );
 	}
 	unload();
 	return;
     }
 
     if ( ! qt_verify( library(), qt_version, flags, key, warn_mismatch ) ) {
 	unload();
 	return;
     } else if ( !isLoaded() ) {
 	Q_ASSERT( entry == 0 );
 	if ( !load() )
 	    return;
     }
 
 #ifdef Q_CC_BOR
     typedef QUnknownInterface* __stdcall (*UCMInstanceProc)();
 #else
     typedef QUnknownInterface* (*UCMInstanceProc)();
 #endif
     UCMInstanceProc ucmInstanceProc;
     ucmInstanceProc = (UCMInstanceProc) resolve( "ucm_instantiate" );
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT)
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qconfig.cpp b/qmake/tools/qconfig.cpp
index 433827c..5297a4e 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qconfig.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qconfig.cpp
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 /* Install paths from configure */
 
-static const char QT_INSTALL_PREFIX [256] = "/usr/src/coding/projects/userspace/qt-embedded-free-3.1.0-b2";
-static const char QT_INSTALL_BINS   [256] = "/usr/src/coding/projects/userspace/qt-embedded-free-3.1.0-b2/bin";
-static const char QT_INSTALL_DOCS   [256] = "/usr/src/coding/projects/userspace/qt-embedded-free-3.1.0-b2/doc";
-static const char QT_INSTALL_HEADERS[256] = "/usr/src/coding/projects/userspace/qt-embedded-free-3.1.0-b2/include";
-static const char QT_INSTALL_LIBS   [256] = "/usr/src/coding/projects/userspace/qt-embedded-free-3.1.0-b2/lib";
-static const char QT_INSTALL_PLUGINS[256] = "/usr/src/coding/projects/userspace/qt-embedded-free-3.1.0-b2/plugins";
-static const char QT_INSTALL_DATA   [256] = "/usr/src/coding/projects/userspace/qt-embedded-free-3.1.0-b2";
+static const char QT_INSTALL_PREFIX [256] = "/opt/qt-x11-free-3.1.2";
+static const char QT_INSTALL_BINS   [256] = "/opt/qt-x11-free-3.1.2/bin";
+static const char QT_INSTALL_DOCS   [256] = "/opt/qt-x11-free-3.1.2/doc";
+static const char QT_INSTALL_HEADERS[256] = "/opt/qt-x11-free-3.1.2/include";
+static const char QT_INSTALL_LIBS   [256] = "/opt/qt-x11-free-3.1.2/lib";
+static const char QT_INSTALL_PLUGINS[256] = "/opt/qt-x11-free-3.1.2/plugins";
+static const char QT_INSTALL_DATA   [256] = "/opt/qt-x11-free-3.1.2";
 
 const char *qInstallPath()        { return QT_INSTALL_PREFIX;  }
 const char *qInstallPathDocs()    { return QT_INSTALL_DOCS;    }
 const char *qInstallPathHeaders() { return QT_INSTALL_HEADERS; }
 const char *qInstallPathLibs()    { return QT_INSTALL_LIBS;    }
 const char *qInstallPathBins()    { return QT_INSTALL_BINS;    }
 const char *qInstallPathPlugins() { return QT_INSTALL_PLUGINS; }
 const char *qInstallPathData()    { return QT_INSTALL_DATA;    }
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qcriticalsection_p.cpp b/qmake/tools/qcriticalsection_p.cpp
index 60fc8bd..c375730 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qcriticalsection_p.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qcriticalsection_p.cpp
@@ -1,39 +1,37 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of QCriticalSection class
 **
-** Created : 
-**
 ** Copyright (C) 2001 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
 
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qcstring.cpp b/qmake/tools/qcstring.cpp
index cf1b853..4651b97 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qcstring.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qcstring.cpp
@@ -112,64 +112,75 @@ char *qstrdup( const char *src )
     \relates QCString
 
     A safe strcpy() function.
 
     Copies all characters up to and including the '\0' from \a src
     into \a dst and returns a pointer to \a dst.
 */
 
 /*!
     \relates QCString
 
     A safe strncpy() function.
 
     Copies at most \a len bytes from \a src (stopping at \a len or the
     terminating '\0' whichever comes first) into \a dst and returns a
     pointer to \a dst. Guarantees that \a dst is '\0'-terminated. If
     \a src or \a dst is 0, returns 0 immediately.
 
     \sa qstrcpy()
 */
 
 char *qstrncpy( char *dst, const char *src, uint len )
 {
     if ( !src || !dst )
 	return 0;
     strncpy( dst, src, len );
     if ( len > 0 )
 	dst[len-1] = '\0';
     return dst;
 }
 
 /*!
+    \fn uint qstrlen( const char *str );
+
+    \relates QCString
+
+    A safe strlen function.
+
+    Returns the number of characters that precede the terminating '\0'.
+    or 0 if \a str is 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
     \fn int qstrcmp( const char *str1, const char *str2 );
 
     \relates QCString
 
     A safe strcmp() function.
 
     Compares \a str1 and \a str2. Returns a negative value if \a str1
     is less than \a str2, 0 if \a str1 is equal to \a str2 or a
     positive value if \a str1 is greater than \a str2.
 
     Special case I: Returns 0 if \a str1 and \a str2 are both 0.
 
     Special case II: Returns a random nonzero value if \a str1 is 0
     or \a str2 is 0 (but not both).
 
     \sa qstrncmp() qstricmp() qstrnicmp()
 	\link #asciinotion Note on character comparisons \endlink
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn int qstrncmp( const char *str1, const char *str2, uint len );
 
     \relates QCString
 
     A safe strncmp() function.
 
     Compares at most \a len bytes of \a str1 and \a str2.
 
     Returns a negative value if \a str1 is less than \a str2, 0 if \a
     str1 is equal to \a str2 or a positive value if \a str1 is greater
     than \a str2.
 
@@ -270,158 +281,177 @@ static void createCRC16Table()			// build CRC16 lookup table
 	j = 0;
 #undef SET_BIT
 #define SET_BIT(x, b, v) (x) |= (v) << (b)
 	SET_BIT( j,  0, v0 );
 	SET_BIT( j,  7, v0 );
 	SET_BIT( j, 12, v0 );
 	SET_BIT( j,  1, v1 );
 	SET_BIT( j,  8, v1 );
 	SET_BIT( j, 13, v1 );
 	SET_BIT( j,  2, v2 );
 	SET_BIT( j,  9, v2 );
 	SET_BIT( j, 14, v2 );
 	SET_BIT( j,  3, v3 );
 	SET_BIT( j, 10, v3 );
 	SET_BIT( j, 15, v3 );
 	crc_tbl[i] = j;
     }
 }
 
 /*!
     \relates QMemArray
 
     Returns the CRC-16 checksum of \a len bytes starting at \a data.
 
     The checksum is independent of the byte order (endianness).
 */
 
 Q_UINT16 qChecksum( const char *data, uint len )
 {
     if ( !crc_tbl_init ) {			// create lookup table
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &crc_tbl_init ) );
+	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			     qt_global_mutexpool->get( &crc_tbl_init ) : 0 );
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
 	if ( !crc_tbl_init ) {
 	    createCRC16Table();
 	    crc_tbl_init = TRUE;
 	}
     }
     register Q_UINT16 crc = 0xffff;
     uchar c;
     uchar *p = (uchar *)data;
     while ( len-- ) {
 	c = *p++;
 	crc = ( (crc >> 4) & 0x0fff ) ^ crc_tbl[((crc ^ c) & 15)];
 	c >>= 4;
 	crc = ( (crc >> 4) & 0x0fff ) ^ crc_tbl[((crc ^ c) & 15)];
     }
     return ~crc & 0xffff;
 }
 
-/*! \fn QByteArray qCompress( const QByteArray& data)
-  \relates QByteArray
-  \overload
+/*!
+    \fn QByteArray qCompress( const QByteArray& data )
+
+    \relates QByteArray
+
+    Compresses the array \a data and returns the compressed byte
+    array.
+
+    \sa qUncompress()
 */
 
 /*!
-  \relates QByteArray
+    \relates QByteArray
 
-  Compresses the array \a data which is \a nbytes long and returns the
-  compressed byte array.
+    \overload
 
-  \sa qUncompress()
+    Compresses the array \a data which is \a nbytes long and returns the
+    compressed byte array.
 */
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMPRESS
 QByteArray qCompress( const uchar* data, int nbytes )
 {
     if ( nbytes == 0 ) {
 	QByteArray tmp( 4 );
 	tmp.fill( 0 );
 	return tmp;
     }
     if ( !data ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
 	qWarning( "qCompress: data is NULL." );
 #endif
 	return QByteArray();
     }
 
     ulong len = nbytes * 2;
     QByteArray bazip;
     int res;
     do {
 	bazip.resize( len + 4 );
 	res = ::compress(  (uchar*)bazip.data()+4, &len, (uchar*)data, nbytes );
 
 	switch ( res ) {
 	case Z_OK:
 	    bazip.resize( len + 4 );
 	    bazip[0] = ( nbytes & 0xff000000 ) >> 24;
 	    bazip[1] = ( nbytes & 0x00ff0000 ) >> 16;
 	    bazip[2] = ( nbytes & 0x0000ff00 ) >> 8;
 	    bazip[3] = ( nbytes & 0x000000ff );
 	    break;
 	case Z_MEM_ERROR:
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
 	    qWarning( "qCompress: Z_MEM_ERROR: Not enough memory." );
 #endif
 	    bazip.resize( 0 );
 	    break;
 	case Z_BUF_ERROR:
 	    len *= 2;
 	    break;
 	}
     } while ( res == Z_BUF_ERROR );
 
     return bazip;
 }
 #endif
 
-/*! \fn QByteArray qUncompress( const QByteArray& data )
-  \relates QByteArray
-  \overload
+/*!
+    \fn QByteArray qUncompress( const QByteArray& data )
+
+    \relates QByteArray
+
+    Uncompresses the array \a data and returns the uncompressed byte
+    array.
+
+    Returns an empty QByteArray if the input data was corrupt.
+    \omit
+    ADD THE FOLLOWING FOR Qt 4.0
+    This function will uncompress data compressed with qCompress()
+    from this and any earlier Qt version, back to Qt 3.1 when this
+    feature was added.
+    \endomit
+
+    \sa qCompress()
 */
 
 /*!
-  \relates QByteArray
-
-  Uncompresses the array \a data which is \a nbytes long and returns
-  the uncompressed byte array.
+    \relates QByteArray
 
-  Returns an empty QByteArray if the input data was corrupt.
+    \overload
 
-  \sa qCompress()
+    Uncompresses the array \a data which is \a nbytes long and returns
+    the uncompressed byte array.
 */
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMPRESS
 QByteArray qUncompress( const uchar* data, int nbytes )
 {
     if ( !data ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
 	qWarning( "qUncompress: data is NULL." );
 #endif
 	return QByteArray();
     }
     if ( nbytes <= 4 ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
 	if ( nbytes < 4 || ( data[0]!=0 || data[1]!=0 || data[2]!=0 || data[3]!=0 ) )
 	    qWarning( "qUncompress: Input data is corrupted." );
 #endif
 	return QByteArray();
     }
     ulong expectedSize = ( data[0] << 24 ) | ( data[1] << 16 ) | ( data[2] << 8 ) | data[3];
     ulong len = QMAX( expectedSize,  1 );
     QByteArray baunzip;
     int res;
     do {
 	baunzip.resize( len );
 	res = ::uncompress( (uchar*)baunzip.data(), &len,
 				(uchar*)data+4, nbytes-4 );
 
 	switch ( res ) {
 	case Z_OK:
 	    if ( len != baunzip.size() )
 		baunzip.resize( len );
 	    break;
@@ -907,71 +937,75 @@ int QCString::find( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
 	d = data()+index;
 	c = tolower( (uchar) c );
 	while ( *d && tolower((uchar) *d) != c )
 	    d++;
 	if ( !*d && c )				// not found
 	    d = 0;
     }
     return d ? (int)(d - data()) : -1;
 }
 
 #define REHASH( a ) \
     if ( sl_minus_1 < sizeof(uint) * CHAR_BIT ) \
 	hashHaystack -= (a) << sl_minus_1; \
     hashHaystack <<= 1
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Finds the first occurrence of the string \a str, starting at
     position \a index.
 
     The search is case sensitive if \a cs is TRUE, or case insensitive
     if \a cs is FALSE.
 
     Returns the position of \a str, or -1 if \a str could not be
     found.
 
     \sa \link #asciinotion Note on character comparisons \endlink
 */
 
 int QCString::find( const char *str, int index, bool cs ) const
 {
+    return find( str, index, cs, length() );
+}
+
+int QCString::find( const char *str, int index, bool cs, uint l ) const
+{
     if ( (uint)index >= size() )
 	return -1;
     if ( !str )
 	return -1;
     if ( !*str )
 	return index;
-    const uint l = length();
     const uint sl = qstrlen( str );
     if ( sl + index > l )
 	return -1;
 
     if ( sl == 1 )
 	return find( *str, index, cs );
 
     /*
       See QString::find() for details.
     */
     const char* needle = str;
     const char* haystack = data() + index;
     const char* end = data() + (l-sl);
     const uint sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
     uint hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0,i;
 
     if ( cs ) {
 	for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
 	    hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + needle[i] );
 	    hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + haystack[i] );
 	}
 	hashHaystack -= *(haystack+sl_minus_1);
 
 	while ( haystack <= end ) {
 	    hashHaystack += *(haystack+sl_minus_1);
  	    if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle  && *needle == *haystack
 		 && qstrncmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
 		return haystack - data();
 
 	    REHASH( *haystack );
 	    ++haystack;
 	}
@@ -1123,86 +1157,86 @@ int QCString::contains( char c, bool cs ) const
 	    if ( *d++ == c )
 		count++;
     } else {					// case insensitive
 	c = tolower( (uchar) c );
 	while ( *d ) {
 	    if ( tolower((uchar) *d) == c )
 		count++;
 	    d++;
 	}
     }
     return count;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Returns the number of times \a str occurs in the string.
 
     The match is case sensitive if \a cs is TRUE, or case insensitive
     if \a cs if FALSE.
 
     This function counts overlapping substrings, for example, "banana"
     contains two occurrences of "ana".
 
     \sa findRev()
 	\link #asciinotion Note on character comparisons \endlink
 */
 
 int QCString::contains( const char *str, bool cs ) const
 {
     int count = 0;
     int i = -1;
+    uint l = length();
     // use find for the faster hashing algorithm
-    while ( ( i = find ( str, i+1, cs ) ) != -1 )
+    while ( ( i = find ( str, i+1, cs, l ) ) != -1 )
 	count++;
     return count;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns a substring that contains the \a len leftmost characters
     of the string.
 
     The whole string is returned if \a len exceeds the length of the
     string.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QCString s = "Pineapple";
     QCString t = s.left( 4 );  // t == "Pine"
     \endcode
 
     \sa right(), mid()
 */
-
 QCString QCString::left( uint len ) const
 {
     if ( isEmpty() ) {
 	QCString empty;
 	return empty;
     } else if ( len >= size() ) {
 	QCString same( data() );
 	return same;
     } else {
 	QCString s( len+1 );
 	strncpy( s.data(), data(), len );
 	*(s.data()+len) = '\0';
 	return s;
     }
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns a substring that contains the \a len rightmost characters
     of the string.
 
     The whole string is returned if \a len exceeds the length of the
     string.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QCString s = "Pineapple";
     QCString t = s.right( 5 );  // t == "apple"
     \endcode
 
     \sa left(), mid()
 */
 
@@ -1468,254 +1502,257 @@ QCString QCString::simplifyWhiteSpace() const
     result.resize( (int)(to - result.data()) + 1 );
     return result;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Inserts string \a s into the string at position \a index.
 
     If \a index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
     padded with spaces (ASCII 32) to length \a index and then \a s
     is appended.
 
     \code
     QCString s = "I like fish";
     s.insert( 2, "don't ");     // s == "I don't like fish"
 
     s = "x";                    // index 01234
     s.insert( 3, "yz" );        // s == "x  yz"
     \endcode
 */
 
 QCString &QCString::insert( uint index, const char *s )
 {
     int len = qstrlen(s);
     if ( len == 0 )
 	return *this;
     uint olen = length();
     int nlen = olen + len;
     if ( index >= olen ) {			// insert after end of string
 	detach();
-	if ( QByteArray::resize(nlen+index-olen+1) ) {
+	if ( QByteArray::resize(nlen+index-olen+1, QByteArray::SpeedOptim ) ) {
 	    memset( data()+olen, ' ', index-olen );
 	    memcpy( data()+index, s, len+1 );
 	}
-    } else if ( QByteArray::resize(nlen+1) ) {	// normal insert
+    } else {
 	detach();
-	memmove( data()+index+len, data()+index, olen-index+1 );
-	memcpy( data()+index, s, len );
+	if ( QByteArray::resize(nlen+1, QByteArray::SpeedOptim ) ) {	// normal insert
+	    memmove( data()+index+len, data()+index, olen-index+1 );
+	    memcpy( data()+index, s, len );
+	}
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     Inserts character \a c into the string at position \a index and
     returns a reference to the string.
 
     If \a index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
     padded with spaces (ASCII 32) to length \a index and then \a c
     is appended.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QCString s = "Yes";
     s.insert( 3, '!');   // s == "Yes!"
     \endcode
 
     \sa remove(), replace()
 */
 
 QCString &QCString::insert( uint index, char c )	// insert char
 {
     char buf[2];
     buf[0] = c;
     buf[1] = '\0';
     return insert( index, buf );
 }
 
 /*!
     \fn QCString &QCString::prepend( const char *s )
 
     Prepend \a s to the string. Equivalent to insert(0, s).
 
     \sa insert()
 */
 
 /*!
     Removes \a len characters from the string, starting at position \a
     index, and returns a reference to the string.
 
     If \a index is out of range, nothing happens. If \a index is
     valid, but \a index + \a len is larger than the length of the
     string, the string is truncated at position \a index.
 
     \code
     QCString s = "Montreal";
     s.remove( 1, 4 );         // s == "Meal"
     \endcode
 
     \sa insert(), replace()
 */
 
 QCString &QCString::remove( uint index, uint len )
 {
     uint olen = length();
     if ( index + len >= olen ) {		// range problems
 	if ( index < olen ) {			// index ok
 	    detach();
 	    resize( index+1 );
 	}
     } else if ( len != 0 ) {
 	detach();
 	memmove( data()+index, data()+index+len, olen-index-len+1 );
-	QByteArray::resize(olen-len+1);
+	QByteArray::resize(olen-len+1, QByteArray::SpeedOptim );
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     Replaces \a len characters from the string, starting at position
     \a index, with \a str, and returns a reference to the string.
 
     If \a index is out of range, nothing is removed and \a str is
     appended at the end of the string. If \a index is valid, but \a
     index + \a len is larger than the length of the string, \a str
     replaces the rest of the string from position \a index.
 
     \code
     QCString s = "Say yes!";
     s.replace( 4, 3, "NO" );  // s == "Say NO!"
     \endcode
 
     \sa insert(), remove()
 */
 
 QCString &QCString::replace( uint index, uint len, const char *str )
 {
     remove( index, len );
     insert( index, str );
     return *this;
 }
 
 
 /*! \overload
 
     Replaces every occurrence of the character \a c in the string
     with \a after. Returns a reference to the string.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QCString s = "a,b,c";
     s.replace( ',', " or " );
     // s == "a or b or c"
     \endcode
 */
 QCString &QCString::replace( char c, const char *after )
 {
     char str[2];
     str[0] = c;
     str[1] = '\0';
     return replace( str, after );
 }
 
 /*! \overload
 
     Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before in the string
     with the string \a after. Returns a reference to the string.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QCString s = "Greek is Greek";
     s.replace( "Greek", "English" );
     // s == "English is English"
     \endcode
 */
+
 QCString &QCString::replace( const char *before, const char *after )
 {
     if ( before == after || isNull() )
 	return *this;
 
     detach();
 
     int index = 0;
     const int bl = before ? strlen( before ) : 0;
     const int al = after ? strlen( after ) : 0;
     char *d = data();
     uint len = length();
 
     if ( bl == al ) {
 	if ( bl ) {
-	    while( (index = find( before, index ) ) != -1 ) {
+	    while( (index = find( before, index, TRUE, len ) ) != -1 ) {
 		memcpy( d+index, after, al );
 		index += bl;
 	    }
 	}
     } else if ( al < bl ) {
 	uint to = 0;
 	uint movestart = 0;
 	uint num = 0;
-	while( (index = find( before, index ) ) != -1 ) {
+	while( (index = find( before, index, TRUE, len ) ) != -1 ) {
 	    if ( num ) {
 		int msize = index - movestart;
 		if ( msize > 0 ) {
 		    memmove( d + to, d + movestart, msize );
 		    to += msize;
 		}
 	    } else {
 		to = index;
 	    }
 	    if ( al ) {
 		memcpy( d + to, after, al );
 		to += al;
 	    }
 	    index += bl;
 	    movestart = index;
 	    num++;
 	}
 	if ( num ) {
 	    int msize = len - movestart;
 	    if ( msize > 0 )
 		memmove( d + to, d + movestart, msize );
 	    resize( len - num*(bl-al) + 1 );
 	}
     } else {
 	// the most complex case. We don't want to loose performance by doing repeated
 	// copies and reallocs of the string.
 	while( index != -1 ) {
 	    uint indices[4096];
 	    uint pos = 0;
 	    while( pos < 4095 ) {
-		index = find(before, index);
+		index = find(before, index, TRUE, len);
 		if ( index == -1 )
 		    break;
 		indices[pos++] = index;
 		index += bl;
 		// avoid infinite loop
 		if ( !bl )
 		    index++;
 	    }
 	    if ( !pos )
 		break;
 
 	    // we have a table of replacement positions, use them for fast replacing
 	    int adjust = pos*(al-bl);
 	    // index has to be adjusted in case we get back into the loop above.
 	    if ( index != -1 )
 		index += adjust;
 	    uint newlen = len + adjust;
 	    int moveend = len;
 	    if ( newlen > len ) {
 		resize( newlen + 1 );
 		len = newlen;
 	    }
 	    d = data();
 
 	    while( pos ) {
 		pos--;
 		int movestart = indices[pos] + bl;
 		int insertstart = indices[pos] + pos*(al-bl);
 		int moveto = insertstart + al;
 		memmove( d + moveto, d + movestart, (moveend - movestart) );
 		if ( after )
 		    memcpy( d + insertstart, after, al );
@@ -1734,141 +1771,141 @@ QCString &QCString::replace( const char *before, const char *after )
 QCString &QCString::replace( char c1, char c2 )
 {
     detach();
     uint i = 0;
     char *d = data();
     uint len = length();
     while ( i < len ) {
 	if ( d[i] == c1 )
 	    d[i] = c2;
 	i++;
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Finds the first occurrence of the regular expression \a rx,
     starting at position \a index.
 
     Returns the position of the next match, or -1 if \a rx was not
     found.
 
     \warning If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same
     string it is more efficient to convert the string to a QString and
     apply the function to that.
 */
 
 int QCString::find( const QRegExp& rx, int index ) const
 {
-    QString d = QString::fromLatin1( data() );
+    QString d = QString::fromAscii( data() );
     return d.find( rx, index );
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Finds the first occurrence of the regular expression \a rx,
     starting at position \a index and searching backwards.
 
     Returns the position of the next match (backwards), or -1 if \a rx
     was not found.
 
     \warning If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same
     string it is more efficient to convert the string to a QString and
     apply the function to that.
 */
 
 int QCString::findRev( const QRegExp& rx, int index ) const
 {
-    QString d = QString::fromLatin1( data() );
+    QString d = QString::fromAscii( data() );
     return d.findRev( rx, index );
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Counts the number of overlapping occurrences of \a rx in the string.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QString s = "banana and panama";
     QRegExp r = QRegExp( "a[nm]a", TRUE, FALSE );
     s.contains( r ); // 4 matches
     \endcode
 
     \sa find(), findRev()
 
     \warning If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same
     string it is more efficient to convert the string to a QString and
     apply the function to that.
 */
 
 int QCString::contains( const QRegExp &rx ) const
 {
-    QString d = QString::fromLatin1( data() );
+    QString d = QString::fromAscii( data() );
     return d.contains( rx );
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Replaces every occurrence of \a rx in the string with \a str.
     Returns a reference to the string.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QString s = "banana";
     s.replace( QRegExp("a.*a"), "" );     // becomes "b"
 
     s = "banana";
     s.replace( QRegExp("^[bn]a"), "X" );  // becomes "Xnana"
 
     s = "banana";
     s.replace( QRegExp("^[bn]a"), "" );   // becomes "nana"
     \endcode
 
     \warning If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same
     string it is more efficient to convert the string to a QString and
     apply the function to that.
 */
 
 QCString &QCString::replace( const QRegExp &rx, const char *str )
 {
-    QString d = QString::fromLatin1( data() );
-    QString r = QString::fromLatin1( str );
+    QString d = QString::fromAscii( data() );
+    QString r = QString::fromAscii( str );
     d.replace( rx, r );
     setStr( d.ascii() );
     return *this;
 }
 #endif //QT_NO_REGEXP
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to a \c long value.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: \a *ok is set to FALSE if the string is not a
     number, or if it has trailing garbage; otherwise \a *ok is set to
     TRUE.
 */
 
 long QCString::toLong( bool *ok ) const
 {
     char *p = data();
     long val=0;
     const long max_mult = 214748364;
     bool is_ok = FALSE;
     int neg = 0;
     if ( !p )
 	goto bye;
     while ( isspace((uchar) *p) )		// skip leading space
 	p++;
     if ( *p == '-' ) {
 	p++;
 	neg = 1;
     } else if ( *p == '+' ) {
 	p++;
     }
     if ( !isdigit((uchar) *p) )
@@ -2170,81 +2207,81 @@ bool QCString::setExpand( uint index, char c )
 	*(data() + index+1) = '\0';		// terminate padded string
     }
     *(data() + index) = c;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \fn QCString::operator const char *() const
 
     Returns the string data.
 */
 
 
 /*!
     \fn QCString& QCString::append( const char *str )
 
     Appends string \a str to the string and returns a reference to the
     string. Equivalent to operator+=().
 */
 
 /*!
     Appends string \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
 */
 
 QCString& QCString::operator+=( const char *str )
 {
     if ( !str )
 	return *this;				// nothing to append
     detach();
     uint len1 = length();
     uint len2 = qstrlen(str);
-    if ( !QByteArray::resize( len1 + len2 + 1 ) )
+    if ( !QByteArray::resize( len1 + len2 + 1, QByteArray::SpeedOptim ) )
 	return *this;				// no memory
     memcpy( data() + len1, str, len2 + 1 );
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Appends character \a c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
 */
 
 QCString &QCString::operator+=( char c )
 {
     detach();
     uint len = length();
-    if ( !QByteArray::resize( len + 2 ) )
+    if ( !QByteArray::resize( len + 2, QByteArray::SpeedOptim  ) )
 	return *this;				// no memory
     *(data() + len) = c;
     *(data() + len+1) = '\0';
     return *this;
 }
 
 
 /*****************************************************************************
   QCString stream functions
  *****************************************************************************/
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
 /*!
     \relates QCString
 
     Writes string \a str to the stream \a s.
 
     \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
 */
 QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QCString &str )
 {
     return s.writeBytes( str.data(), str.size() );
 }
 
 /*!
     \relates QCString
 
     Reads a string into \a str from the stream \a s.
 
     \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
 */
 
 QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QCString &str )
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qdatastream.cpp b/qmake/tools/qdatastream.cpp
index 9c573c7..51a1448 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qdatastream.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qdatastream.cpp
@@ -721,66 +721,74 @@ QDataStream &QDataStream::readBytes( char *&s, uint &l )
 {
     CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
     Q_UINT32 len;
     *this >> len;				// first read length spec
     l = (uint)len;
     if ( len == 0 || eof() ) {
 	s = 0;
 	return *this;
     } else {
 	s = new char[len];			// create char array
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( s );
 	if ( !s )				// no memory
 	    return *this;
 	return readRawBytes( s, (uint)len );
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Reads \a len bytes from the stream into \a s and returns a
     reference to the stream.
 
     The buffer \a s must be preallocated. The data is \e not encoded.
 
     \sa readBytes(), QIODevice::readBlock(), writeRawBytes()
 */
 
 QDataStream &QDataStream::readRawBytes( char *s, uint len )
 {
     CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
     if ( printable ) {				// printable data
 	register Q_INT8 *p = (Q_INT8*)s;
-	while ( len-- )
-	    *this >> *p++;
+	if ( version() < 4 ) {
+	    while ( len-- ) {
+		Q_INT32 tmp;
+		*this >> tmp;
+		*p++ = tmp;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    while ( len-- )
+		*this >> *p++;
+	}
     } else {					// read data char array
 	dev->readBlock( s, len );
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 
 /*****************************************************************************
   QDataStream write functions
  *****************************************************************************/
 
 
 /*!
     \overload QDataStream &QDataStream::operator<<( Q_UINT8 i )
 
     Writes an unsigned byte, \a i, to the stream and returns a
     reference to the stream.
 */
 
 /*!
     Writes a signed byte, \a i, to the stream and returns a reference
     to the stream.
 */
 
 QDataStream &QDataStream::operator<<( Q_INT8 i )
 {
     CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
     if ( printable && (i == '\\' || !isprint((uchar) i)) ) {
 	char buf[6];				// write octal code
 	buf[0] = '\\';
 	buf[1] = '0' + ((i >> 6) & 0x07);
 	buf[2] = '0' + ((i >> 3) & 0x07);
@@ -983,42 +991,48 @@ QDataStream &QDataStream::operator<<( const char *s )
 
 /*!
     Writes the length specifier \a len and the buffer \a s to the
     stream and returns a reference to the stream.
 
     The \a len is serialized as a Q_UINT32, followed by \a len bytes
     from \a s. Note that the data is \e not encoded.
 
     \sa writeRawBytes(), readBytes()
 */
 
 QDataStream &QDataStream::writeBytes(const char *s, uint len)
 {
     CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
     *this << (Q_UINT32)len;			// write length specifier
     if ( len )
 	writeRawBytes( s, len );
     return *this;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Writes \a len bytes from \a s to the stream and returns a
     reference to the stream. The data is \e not encoded.
 
     \sa writeBytes(), QIODevice::writeBlock(), readRawBytes()
 */
 
 QDataStream &QDataStream::writeRawBytes( const char *s, uint len )
 {
     CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
     if ( printable ) {				// write printable
-	register Q_INT8 *p = (Q_INT8*)s;
-	while ( len-- )
-	    *this << *p++;
+	if ( version() < 4 ) {
+	    register char *p = (char *)s;
+	    while ( len-- )
+		*this << *p++;
+	} else {
+	    register Q_INT8 *p = (Q_INT8*)s;
+	    while ( len-- )
+		*this << *p++;
+	}
     } else {					// write data char array
 	dev->writeBlock( s, len );
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 #endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qdatetime.cpp b/qmake/tools/qdatetime.cpp
index 93e40a8..3137877 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qdatetime.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qdatetime.cpp
@@ -1,70 +1,69 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of date and time classes
 **
 ** Created : 940124
 **
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
-// Get the system specific includes and defines
 #include "qplatformdefs.h"
 
 #include "qdatetime.h"
 #include "qdatastream.h"
 #include "qregexp.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
 #include <time.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
 #include <windows.h>
 #endif
 
 static const uint FIRST_DAY	= 2361222;	// Julian day for 1752-09-14
 static const int  FIRST_YEAR	= 1752;		// ### wrong for many countries
 static const uint SECS_PER_DAY	= 86400;
 static const uint MSECS_PER_DAY = 86400000;
 static const uint SECS_PER_HOUR = 3600;
 static const uint MSECS_PER_HOUR= 3600000;
 static const uint SECS_PER_MIN	= 60;
 static const uint MSECS_PER_MIN = 60000;
 
 static const short monthDays[] = {
     0, 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 };
 
 static const char * const qt_shortMonthNames[] = {
 	"Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
 	"Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec" };
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
@@ -866,64 +865,70 @@ QDate QDate::addMonths( int nmonths ) const
 	} else {
 	    m+= nmonths;
 	    nmonths = 0;
 	    if ( m > 12 ) {
 		++y;
 		m -= 12;
 	    }
 	}
     }
 
     QDate tmp(y,m,1);
 
     if( d > tmp.daysInMonth() )
 	d = tmp.daysInMonth();
 
     QDate date(y, m, d);
     return date;
 
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns a QDate object containing a date \a nyears later than the
     date of this object (or earlier if \a nyears is negative).
 
     \sa addDays(), addMonths()
 */
 
 QDate QDate::addYears( int nyears ) const
 {
     int y, m, d;
     julianToGregorian( jd, y, m, d );
     y += nyears;
+
+    QDate tmp(y,m,1);
+    
+    if( d > tmp.daysInMonth() )
+	d = tmp.daysInMonth();
+
     QDate date(y, m, d);
     return date;
 }
 
 
 
 /*!
     Returns the number of days from this date to \a d (which is
     negative if \a d is earlier than this date).
 
     Example:
     \code
 	QDate d1( 1995, 5, 17 );  // May 17th 1995
 	QDate d2( 1995, 5, 20 );  // May 20th 1995
 	d1.daysTo( d2 );          // returns 3
 	d2.daysTo( d1 );          // returns -3
     \endcode
 
     \sa addDays()
 */
 
 int QDate::daysTo( const QDate &d ) const
 {
     return d.jd - jd;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \fn bool QDate::operator==( const QDate &d ) const
 
     Returns TRUE if this date is equal to \a d; otherwise returns FALSE.
 */
@@ -961,71 +966,83 @@ int QDate::daysTo( const QDate &d ) const
 */
 
 /*!
     \overload
     Returns the current date, as reported by the system clock.
 
     \sa QTime::currentTime(), QDateTime::currentDateTime()
 */
 
 QDate QDate::currentDate()
 {
     return currentDate( Qt::LocalTime );
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the current date, as reported by the system clock, for the
   TimeSpec \a ts. The default TimeSpec is LocalTime.
 
   \sa QTime::currentTime(), QDateTime::currentDateTime(), Qt::TimeSpec
 */
 QDate QDate::currentDate( Qt::TimeSpec ts )
 {
     QDate d;
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
     SYSTEMTIME t;
     memset( &t, 0, sizeof(SYSTEMTIME) );
     if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime )
 	GetLocalTime( &t );
     else
 	GetSystemTime( &t );
     d.jd = gregorianToJulian( t.wYear, t.wMonth, t.wDay );
 #else
+    // posix compliant system
     time_t ltime;
     time( &ltime );
     tm *t;
+
+#  if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS)
+    // use the reentrant versions of localtime() and gmtime() where available
+    tm res;
+    if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime )
+	t = localtime_r( &ltime, &res );
+    else
+	t = gmtime_r( &ltime, &res );
+#  else
     if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime )
 	t = localtime( &ltime );
-    else		
+    else
 	t = gmtime( &ltime );
+#  endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT && _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
+
     d.jd = gregorianToJulian( t->tm_year + 1900, t->tm_mon + 1, t->tm_mday );
 #endif
     return d;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
 /*!
     Returns the QDate represented by the string \a s, using the format
     \a f, or an invalid date if the string cannot be parsed.
 
     Note for \c Qt::TextDate: It is recommended that you use the
     English short month names (e.g. "Jan"). Although localized month
     names can also be used, they depend on the user's locale settings.
 
     \warning \c Qt::LocalDate cannot be used here.
 */
 QDate QDate::fromString( const QString& s, Qt::DateFormat f )
 {
     if ( ( s.isEmpty() ) || ( f == Qt::LocalDate ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
 	qWarning( "QDate::fromString: Parameter out of range." );
 #endif
 	return QDate();
     }
     switch ( f ) {
     case Qt::ISODate:
 	{
 	    int year( s.mid( 0, 4 ).toInt() );
 	    int month( s.mid( 5, 2 ).toInt() );
 	    int day( s.mid( 8, 2 ).toInt() );
 	    if ( year && month && day )
 		return QDate( year, month, day );
@@ -1526,65 +1543,65 @@ int QTime::msecsTo( const QTime &t ) const
 
     Returns TRUE if this time is different from \a t; otherwise returns FALSE.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn bool QTime::operator<( const QTime &t ) const
 
     Returns TRUE if this time is earlier than \a t; otherwise returns FALSE.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn bool QTime::operator<=( const QTime &t ) const
 
     Returns TRUE if this time is earlier than or equal to \a t;
     otherwise returns FALSE.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn bool QTime::operator>( const QTime &t ) const
 
     Returns TRUE if this time is later than \a t; otherwise returns FALSE.
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn bool QTime::operator>=( const QTime &t ) const
 
     Returns TRUE if this time is later than or equal to \a t;
     otherwise returns FALSE.
 */
 
 
 
-/*!  
+/*!
     \overload
 
     Returns the current time as reported by the system clock.
 
     Note that the accuracy depends on the accuracy of the underlying
     operating system; not all systems provide 1-millisecond accuracy.
 */
 
 QTime QTime::currentTime()
 {
     return currentTime( Qt::LocalTime );
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the current time as reported by the system clock, for the
   TimeSpec \a ts. The default TimeSpec is LocalTime.
 
   Note that the accuracy depends on the accuracy of the underlying
   operating system; not all systems provide 1-millisecond accuracy.
 
   \sa Qt::TimeSpec
 */
 QTime QTime::currentTime( Qt::TimeSpec ts )
 {
     QTime t;
     currentTime( &t, ts );
     return t;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
 /*!
     Returns the representation \a s as a QTime using the format \a f,
@@ -1624,120 +1641,131 @@ bool QTime::currentTime( QTime *ct )
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \internal
 
   Fetches the current time, for the TimeSpec \a ts, and returns TRUE
   if the time is within one minute after midnight, otherwise FALSE. The
   return value is used by QDateTime::currentDateTime() to ensure that
   the date there is correct. The default TimeSpec is LocalTime.
 
   \sa Qt::TimeSpec
 */
 bool QTime::currentTime( QTime *ct, Qt::TimeSpec ts )
 {
     if ( !ct ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
 	qWarning( "QTime::currentTime(QTime *): Null pointer not allowed" );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
     SYSTEMTIME t;
     if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime ) {
 	GetLocalTime( &t );
     } else {
 	GetSystemTime( &t );
     }
     ct->ds = (uint)( MSECS_PER_HOUR*t.wHour + MSECS_PER_MIN*t.wMinute +
 		     1000*t.wSecond + t.wMilliseconds );
 #elif defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+    // posix compliant system
     struct timeval tv;
     gettimeofday( &tv, 0 );
     time_t ltime = tv.tv_sec;
     tm *t;
-    if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime ) {
+
+#  if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS)
+    // use the reentrant versions of localtime() and gmtime() where available
+    tm res;
+    if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime )
+	t = localtime_r( &ltime, &res );
+    else
+	t = gmtime_r( &ltime, &res );
+#  else
+    if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime )
 	t = localtime( &ltime );
-    } else {
+    else
 	t = gmtime( &ltime );
-    }
+#  endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT && _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
+
     ct->ds = (uint)( MSECS_PER_HOUR * t->tm_hour + MSECS_PER_MIN * t->tm_min +
 		     1000 * t->tm_sec + tv.tv_usec / 1000 );
 #else
     time_t ltime; // no millisecond resolution
     ::time( &ltime );
     tm *t;
-    if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime ) 
+    if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime )
 	localtime( &ltime );
     else
 	gmtime( &ltime );
     ct->ds = (uint) ( MSECS_PER_HOUR * t->tm_hour + MSECS_PER_MIN * t->tm_min +
 		      1000 * t->tm_sec );
 #endif
     // 00:00.00 to 00:00.59.999 is considered as "midnight or right after"
     return ct->ds < (uint) MSECS_PER_MIN;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Returns TRUE if the specified time is valid; otherwise returns
     FALSE.
 
     The time is valid if \a h is in the range 0..23, \a m and \a s are
     in the range 0..59, and \a ms is in the range 0..999.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QTime::isValid(21, 10, 30); // returns TRUE
     QTime::isValid(22, 5,  62); // returns FALSE
     \endcode
 */
 
 bool QTime::isValid( int h, int m, int s, int ms )
 {
     return (uint)h < 24 && (uint)m < 60 && (uint)s < 60 && (uint)ms < 1000;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Sets this time to the current time. This is practical for timing:
 
     \code
     QTime t;
-    t.start();                     // start clock
-    ... // some lengthy task
-    qDebug( "%d\n", t.elapsed() ); // prints the number of msecs elapsed
+    t.start();
+    some_lengthy_task();
+    qDebug( "Time elapsed: %d ms", t.elapsed() );
     \endcode
 
     \sa restart(), elapsed(), currentTime()
 */
 
 void QTime::start()
 {
     *this = currentTime();
 }
 
 /*!
     Sets this time to the current time and returns the number of
     milliseconds that have elapsed since the last time start() or
     restart() was called.
 
     This function is guaranteed to be atomic and is thus very handy
     for repeated measurements. Call start() to start the first
     measurement and then restart() for each later measurement.
 
     Note that the counter wraps to zero 24 hours after the last call
     to start() or restart().
 
     \warning If the system's clock setting has been changed since the
     last time start() or restart() was called, the result is
     undefined. This can happen when daylight savings time is turned on
     or off.
 
     \sa start(), elapsed(), currentTime()
 */
 
 int QTime::restart()
 {
@@ -1931,74 +1959,92 @@ uint QDateTime::toTime_t() const
 	secsSince1Jan1970UTC = -1;
     return (uint) secsSince1Jan1970UTC;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Convenience function that sets the date and time to local time
     based on the given UTC time.
 */
 
 void QDateTime::setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC )
 {
     setTime_t( secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::LocalTime );
 }
 
 /*!
     Sets the date and time to \a ts time (\c Qt::LocalTime or \c
     Qt::UTC) given the number of seconds that have passed since
     1970-01-01T00:00:00, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). On systems
     that do not support timezones this function will behave as if
     local time were UTC.
 
     On Windows, only a subset of \a secsSince1Jan1970UTC values are
     supported, as Windows starts counting from 1980.
 
     \sa toTime_t()
 */
 void QDateTime::setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::TimeSpec ts )
 {
     time_t tmp = (time_t) secsSince1Jan1970UTC;
     tm *brokenDown = 0;
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX) && defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS)
+    // posix compliant system
+    // use the reentrant versions of localtime() and gmtime() where available
+    tm res;
+    if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime )
+	brokenDown = localtime_r( &tmp, &res );
+    if ( !brokenDown ) {
+	brokenDown = gmtime_r( &tmp, &res );
+	if ( !brokenDown ) {
+	    d.jd = QDate::gregorianToJulian( 1970, 1, 1 );
+	    t.ds = 0;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+#else
     if ( ts == Qt::LocalTime )
 	brokenDown = localtime( &tmp );
     if ( !brokenDown ) {
 	brokenDown = gmtime( &tmp );
 	if ( !brokenDown ) {
 	    d.jd = QDate::gregorianToJulian( 1970, 1, 1 );
 	    t.ds = 0;
 	    return;
 	}
     }
+#endif
+
     d.jd = QDate::gregorianToJulian( brokenDown->tm_year + 1900,
 				     brokenDown->tm_mon + 1,
 				     brokenDown->tm_mday );
     t.ds = MSECS_PER_HOUR * brokenDown->tm_hour +
 	   MSECS_PER_MIN * brokenDown->tm_min +
 	   1000 * brokenDown->tm_sec;
 }
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
 #ifndef QT_NO_SPRINTF
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Returns the datetime as a string. The \a f parameter determines
     the format of the string.
 
     If \a f is \c Qt::TextDate, the string format is "Wed May 20
     03:40:13 1998" (using QDate::shortDayName(), QDate::shortMonthName(),
     and QTime::toString() to generate the string, so the day and month
     names will have localized names).
 
     If \a f is \c Qt::ISODate, the string format corresponds to the
     ISO 8601 extended specification for representations of dates and
     times, which is YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.
 
     If \a f is \c Qt::LocalDate, the string format depends on the
     locale settings of the system.
 
     If the format \a f is invalid, toString() returns a null string.
 
     \sa QDate::toString() QTime::toString()
 */
 
@@ -2271,65 +2317,65 @@ bool QDateTime::operator<=( const QDateTime &dt ) const
 {
     if ( d < dt.d )
 	return TRUE;
     return d == dt.d ? t <= dt.t : FALSE;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns TRUE if this datetime is later than \a dt; otherwise
     returns FALSE.
 */
 
 bool QDateTime::operator>( const QDateTime &dt ) const
 {
     if ( d > dt.d )
 	return TRUE;
     return d == dt.d ? t > dt.t : FALSE;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns TRUE if this datetime is later than or equal to \a dt;
     otherwise returns FALSE.
 */
 
 bool QDateTime::operator>=( const QDateTime &dt ) const
 {
     if ( d > dt.d )
 	return TRUE;
     return d == dt.d ? t >= dt.t : FALSE;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
-    
+
     Returns the current datetime, as reported by the system clock.
 
     \sa QDate::currentDate(), QTime::currentTime()
 */
 
 QDateTime QDateTime::currentDateTime()
 {
     return currentDateTime( Qt::LocalTime );
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the current datetime, as reported by the system clock, for the
   TimeSpec \a ts. The default TimeSpec is LocalTime.
 
   \sa QDate::currentDate(), QTime::currentTime(), Qt::TimeSpec
 */
 
 QDateTime QDateTime::currentDateTime( Qt::TimeSpec ts )
 {
     QDateTime dt;
     QTime t;
     dt.setDate( QDate::currentDate(ts) );
     if ( QTime::currentTime(&t, ts) )         // midnight or right after?
 	dt.setDate( QDate::currentDate(ts) ); // fetch date again
     dt.setTime( t );
     return dt;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
 /*!
     Returns the QDateTime represented by the string \a s, using the
     format \a f, or an invalid datetime if this is not possible.
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qdir.cpp b/qmake/tools/qdir.cpp
index 418ea49..5714878 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qdir.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qdir.cpp
@@ -1,84 +1,89 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of QDir class
 **
 ** Created : 950427
 **
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2003 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "qplatformdefs.h"
 #include "qdir.h"
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIR
 #include <private/qdir_p.h>
 #include "qfileinfo.h"
 #include "qregexp.h"
 #include "qstringlist.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 
+#if defined(Q_FS_FAT) && !defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+const bool CaseSensitiveFS = FALSE;
+#else
+const bool CaseSensitiveFS = TRUE;
+#endif
 
 
 /*!
     \class QDir
+    \reentrant
     \brief The QDir class provides access to directory structures and their contents in a platform-independent way.
 
     \ingroup io
     \mainclass
 
     A QDir is used to manipulate path names, access information
     regarding paths and files, and manipulate the underlying file
     system.
 
     A QDir can point to a file using either a relative or an absolute
     path. Absolute paths begin with the directory separator "/"
     (optionally preceded by a drive specification under Windows). If
     you always use "/" as a directory separator, Qt will translate
     your paths to conform to the underlying operating system. Relative
     file names begin with a directory name or a file name and specify
     a path relative to the current directory.
 
     The "current" path refers to the application's working directory.
     A QDir's own path is set and retrieved with setPath() and path().
 
     An example of an absolute path is the string "/tmp/quartz", a
     relative path might look like "src/fatlib". You can use the
     function isRelative() to check if a QDir is using a relative or an
     absolute file path. Call convertToAbs() to convert a relative QDir
     to an absolute one. For a simplified path use cleanDirPath(). To
     obtain a path which has no symbolic links or redundant ".."
     elements use canonicalPath(). The path can be set with setPath(),
     and changed with cd() and cdUp().
 
     QDir provides several static functions, for example, setCurrent()
     to set the application's working directory and currentDirPath() to
     retrieve the application's working directory. Access to some
@@ -201,64 +206,72 @@ QDir::QDir()
 QDir::QDir( const QString &path, const QString &nameFilter,
 	    int sortSpec, int filterSpec )
 {
     init();
     dPath = cleanDirPath( path );
     if ( dPath.isEmpty() )
 	dPath = QString::fromLatin1(".");
     nameFilt = nameFilter;
     if ( nameFilt.isEmpty() )
 	nameFilt = QString::fromLatin1("*");
     filtS = (FilterSpec)filterSpec;
     sortS = (SortSpec)sortSpec;
 }
 
 /*!
     Constructs a QDir that is a copy of the directory \a d.
 
     \sa operator=()
 */
 
 QDir::QDir( const QDir &d )
 {
     dPath = d.dPath;
     fList = 0;
     fiList = 0;
     nameFilt = d.nameFilt;
     dirty = TRUE;
     allDirs = d.allDirs;
     filtS = d.filtS;
     sortS = d.sortS;
 }
 
+/*!
+    Refreshes the directory information.
+*/
+void QDir::refresh() const
+{
+    QDir* that = (QDir*) this;
+    that->dirty = TRUE;
+}
 
 void QDir::init()
 {
     fList = 0;
     fiList = 0;
     nameFilt = QString::fromLatin1("*");
     dirty = TRUE;
     allDirs = FALSE;
     filtS = All;
     sortS = SortSpec(Name | IgnoreCase);
 }
 
 /*!
     Destroys the QDir frees up its resources.
 */
 
 QDir::~QDir()
 {
     delete fList;
     delete fiList;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Sets the path of the directory to \a path. The path is cleaned of
     redundant ".", ".." and of multiple separators. No check is made
     to ensure that a directory with this path exists.
 
     The path can be either absolute or relative. Absolute paths begin
     with the directory separator "/" (optionally preceded by a drive
     specification under Windows). Relative file names begin with a
     directory name or a file name and specify a path relative to the
@@ -353,68 +366,94 @@ QString QDir::filePath( const QString &fileName,
     if ( acceptAbsPath && !isRelativePath(fileName) )
 	return QString(fileName);
 
     QString tmp = dPath;
     if ( tmp.isEmpty() || (tmp[(int)tmp.length()-1] != '/' && !!fileName &&
 			   fileName[0] != '/') )
 	tmp += '/';
     tmp += fileName;
     return tmp;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the absolute path name of a file in the directory. Does \e
     not check if the file actually exists in the directory. Redundant
     multiple separators or "." and ".." directories in \a fileName
     will not be removed (see cleanDirPath()).
 
     If \a acceptAbsPath is TRUE a \a fileName starting with a
     separator "/" will be returned without change. If \a acceptAbsPath
     is FALSE an absolute path will be prepended to the fileName and
     the resultant string returned.
 
     \sa filePath()
 */
 
 QString QDir::absFilePath( const QString &fileName,
 			   bool acceptAbsPath ) const
 {
     if ( acceptAbsPath && !isRelativePath( fileName ) )
 	return fileName;
 
     QString tmp = absPath();
-    if ( tmp.isEmpty() || (tmp[(int)tmp.length()-1] != '/' && !!fileName &&
-			   fileName[0] != '/') )
-	tmp += '/';
-    tmp += fileName;
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+    if ( fileName[0].isLetter() && fileName[1] == ':' ) {
+	int drv = fileName.upper()[0].latin1() - 'A' + 1;
+	if ( _getdrive() != drv ) {
+	    if ( qt_winunicode ) {
+		TCHAR buf[PATH_MAX];
+		::_tgetdcwd( drv, buf, PATH_MAX );
+		tmp.setUnicodeCodes( (ushort*)buf, ::_tcslen(buf) );
+	    } else {
+		char buf[PATH_MAX];
+		::_getdcwd( drv, buf, PATH_MAX );
+		tmp = buf;
+	    }
+	    if ( !tmp.endsWith("\\") )
+		tmp += "\\";
+	    tmp += fileName.right( fileName.length() - 2 );
+	    int x;
+	    for ( x = 0; x < (int) tmp.length(); x++ ) {
+		if ( tmp[x] == '\\' )
+		    tmp[x] = '/';
+	    }
+	}
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	if ( tmp.isEmpty() || (tmp[(int)tmp.length()-1] != '/' && !!fileName &&
+			       fileName[0] != '/') )
+	    tmp += '/';
+	tmp += fileName;
+    }
     return tmp;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Returns \a pathName with the '/' separators converted to
     separators that are appropriate for the underlying operating
     system.
 
     On Windows, convertSeparators("c:/winnt/system32") returns
     "c:\winnt\system32".
 
     The returned string may be the same as the argument on some
     operating systems, for example on Unix.
 */
 
 QString QDir::convertSeparators( const QString &pathName )
 {
     QString n( pathName );
 #if defined(Q_FS_FAT) || defined(Q_OS_OS2EMX)
     for ( int i=0; i<(int)n.length(); i++ ) {
 	if ( n[i] == '/' )
 	    n[i] = '\\';
     }
 #elif defined(Q_OS_MAC9)
 	while(n.length() && n[0] == '/' ) n = n.right(n.length()-1);
     for ( int i=0; i<(int)n.length(); i++ ) {
 	if ( n[i] == '/' )
 	    n[i] = ':';
     }
     if(n.contains(':') && n.left(1) != ':')
 	n.prepend(':');
@@ -905,80 +944,82 @@ QDir &QDir::operator=( const QDir &d )
     allDirs  = d.allDirs;
     filtS    = d.filtS;
     sortS    = d.sortS;
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Sets the directory path to be the given \a path.
 */
 
 QDir &QDir::operator=( const QString &path )
 {
     dPath = cleanDirPath( path );
     dirty = TRUE;
     return *this;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \fn bool QDir::operator!=( const QDir &d ) const
 
     Returns TRUE if directory \a d and this directory have different
     paths or different sort or filter settings; otherwise returns
     FALSE.
 
     Example:
     \code
     // The current directory is "/usr/local"
     QDir d1( "/usr/local/bin" );
     QDir d2( "bin" );
-    if ( d1 != d2 ) qDebug( "They differ\n" ); // This is printed
+    if ( d1 != d2 )
+	qDebug( "They differ" );
     \endcode
 */
 
 /*!
     Returns TRUE if directory \a d and this directory have the same
     path and their sort and filter settings are the same; otherwise
     returns FALSE.
 
     Example:
     \code
     // The current directory is "/usr/local"
     QDir d1( "/usr/local/bin" );
     QDir d2( "bin" );
     d2.convertToAbs();
-    if ( d1 == d2 ) qDebug( "They're the same\n" ); // This is printed
+    if ( d1 == d2 )
+	qDebug( "They're the same" );
     \endcode
 */
 
 bool QDir::operator==( const QDir &d ) const
 {
     return dPath    == d.dPath &&
 	   nameFilt == d.nameFilt &&
 	   allDirs  == d.allDirs &&
 	   filtS    == d.filtS &&
 	   sortS    == d.sortS;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Removes the file, \a fileName.
 
     If \a acceptAbsPath is TRUE a path starting with separator "/"
     will remove the file with the absolute path. If \a acceptAbsPath
     is FALSE any number of separators at the beginning of \a fileName
     will be removed and the resultant file name will be removed.
 
     Returns TRUE if the file is removed successfully; otherwise
     returns FALSE.
 */
 
 bool QDir::remove( const QString &fileName, bool acceptAbsPath )
 {
     if ( fileName.isEmpty() ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
 	qWarning( "QDir::remove: Empty or null file name" );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
@@ -1058,126 +1099,133 @@ QDir QDir::current()
     environment variable). If none of these exist "C:\" is used.
 
     Under non-Windows operating systems the \c HOME environment
     variable is used if it exists, otherwise rootDirPath() is used.
 
     \sa homeDirPath()
 */
 
 QDir QDir::home()
 {
     return QDir( homeDirPath() );
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the root directory.
 
     \sa rootDirPath() drives()
 */
 
 QDir QDir::root()
 {
     return QDir( rootDirPath() );
 }
 
 /*!
     \fn QString QDir::homeDirPath()
 
     Returns the absolute path of the user's home directory.
 
     \sa home()
 */
 
-QStringList qt_makeFilterList( const QString &filter )
+QValueList<QRegExp> qt_makeFilterList( const QString &filter )
 {
+    QValueList<QRegExp> regExps;
     if ( filter.isEmpty() )
-	return QStringList();
+	return regExps;
 
     QChar sep( ';' );
     int i = filter.find( sep, 0 );
     if ( i == -1 && filter.find( ' ', 0 ) != -1 )
 	sep = QChar( ' ' );
 
     QStringList list = QStringList::split( sep, filter );
     QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
-    QStringList list2;
+    while ( it != list.end() ) {
+	regExps << QRegExp( (*it).stripWhiteSpace(), CaseSensitiveFS, TRUE );
+	++it;
+    }
+    return regExps;
+}
 
-    for ( ; it != list.end(); ++it ) {
-	QString s = *it;
-	list2 << s.stripWhiteSpace();
+bool qt_matchFilterList( const QValueList<QRegExp>& filters,
+			 const QString &fileName )
+{
+    QValueList<QRegExp>::ConstIterator rit = filters.begin();
+    while ( rit != filters.end() ) {
+	if ( (*rit).exactMatch(fileName) )
+	    return TRUE;
+	++rit;
     }
-    return list2;
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
+
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Returns TRUE if the \a fileName matches any of the wildcard (glob)
     patterns in the list of \a filters; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     (See \link qregexp.html#wildcard-matching QRegExp wildcard
     matching.\endlink)
     \sa QRegExp::match()
 */
 
 bool QDir::match( const QStringList &filters, const QString &fileName )
 {
     QStringList::ConstIterator sit = filters.begin();
     while ( sit != filters.end() ) {
-#if defined(Q_FS_FAT) && !defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
-	QRegExp rx( *sit, FALSE, TRUE ); // The FAT FS is not case sensitive..
-#else
-	QRegExp rx( *sit, TRUE, TRUE );  // ..while others are.
-#endif
+	QRegExp rx( *sit, CaseSensitiveFS, TRUE );
 	if ( rx.exactMatch(fileName) )
 	    return TRUE;
 	++sit;
     }
     return FALSE;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns TRUE if the \a fileName matches the wildcard (glob)
     pattern \a filter; otherwise returns FALSE. The \a filter may
     contain multiple patterns separated by spaces or semicolons.
 
     (See \link qregexp.html#wildcard-matching QRegExp wildcard
     matching.\endlink)
     \sa QRegExp::match()
 */
 
 bool QDir::match( const QString &filter, const QString &fileName )
 {
-    QStringList lst = qt_makeFilterList( filter );
-    return match( lst, fileName );
+    return qt_matchFilterList( qt_makeFilterList(filter), fileName );
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Removes all multiple directory separators "/" and resolves any
     "."s or ".."s found in the path, \a filePath.
 
     Symbolic links are kept. This function does not return the
     canonical path, but rather the simplest version of the input.
     For example, "./local" becomes "local", "local/../bin" becomes
     "bin" and "/local/usr/../bin" becomes "/local/bin".
 
     \sa absPath() canonicalPath()
 */
 
 QString QDir::cleanDirPath( const QString &filePath )
 {
     QString name = filePath;
     QString newPath;
 
     if ( name.isEmpty() )
 	return name;
 
     slashify( name );
 
     bool addedSeparator;
     if ( isRelativePath(name) ) {
 	addedSeparator = TRUE;
 	name.insert( 0, '/' );
     } else {
 	addedSeparator = FALSE;
     }
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qdir_unix.cpp b/qmake/tools/qdir_unix.cpp
index 57fe3c5..6a7adda 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qdir_unix.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qdir_unix.cpp
@@ -1,130 +1,131 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of QDir class
 **
 ** Created : 950628
 **
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2003 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses for Unix/X11 or for Qt/Embedded may use this file in accordance
 ** with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "qplatformdefs.h"
 #include "qdir.h"
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIR
 
 #include "qdir_p.h"
 #include "qfileinfo.h"
 #include "qregexp.h"
 #include "qstringlist.h"
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 #  include <private/qmutexpool_p.h>
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <limits.h>
+#include <errno.h>
 
 
 void QDir::slashify( QString& )
 {
 }
 
 QString QDir::homeDirPath()
 {
     QString d;
     d = QFile::decodeName(getenv("HOME"));
     slashify( d );
     if ( d.isNull() )
 	d = rootDirPath();
     return d;
 }
 
 QString QDir::canonicalPath() const
 {
     QString r;
-
     char cur[PATH_MAX+1];
-    if ( ::getcwd( cur, PATH_MAX ) )
-	if ( ::chdir(QFile::encodeName(dPath)) >= 0 ) {
-	    char tmp[PATH_MAX+1];
-	    if ( ::getcwd( tmp, PATH_MAX ) )
-		r = QFile::decodeName(tmp);
-	    ::chdir( cur );
-	}
-
-    slashify( r );
+    if ( ::getcwd( cur, PATH_MAX ) ) {
+	char tmp[PATH_MAX+1];
+	if( ::realpath( QFile::encodeName( dPath ), tmp ) )
+	    r = QFile::decodeName( tmp );
+	slashify( r );
+
+    	// always make sure we go back to the current dir
+	::chdir( cur );
+    }
     return r;
 }
 
 bool QDir::mkdir( const QString &dirName, bool acceptAbsPath ) const
 {
 #if defined(Q_OS_MACX)  // Mac X doesn't support trailing /'s
     QString name = dirName;
     if (dirName[dirName.length() - 1] == "/")
 	name = dirName.left( dirName.length() - 1 );
-    return ::mkdir( QFile::encodeName(filePath(name,acceptAbsPath)), 0777 )
-	== 0;
+    int status =
+	::mkdir( QFile::encodeName(filePath(name,acceptAbsPath)), 0777 );
 #else
-    return ::mkdir( QFile::encodeName(filePath(dirName,acceptAbsPath)), 0777 )
-	== 0;
+    int status =
+	::mkdir( QFile::encodeName(filePath(dirName,acceptAbsPath)), 0777 );
 #endif
+    return status == 0;
 }
 
 bool QDir::rmdir( const QString &dirName, bool acceptAbsPath ) const
 {
     return ::rmdir( QFile::encodeName(filePath(dirName,acceptAbsPath)) ) == 0;
 }
 
 bool QDir::isReadable() const
 {
     return ::access( QFile::encodeName(dPath), R_OK | X_OK ) == 0;
 }
 
 bool QDir::isRoot() const
 {
     return dPath == QString::fromLatin1("/");
 }
 
 bool QDir::rename( const QString &name, const QString &newName,
 		   bool acceptAbsPaths	)
 {
     if ( name.isEmpty() || newName.isEmpty() ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
 	qWarning( "QDir::rename: Empty or null file name(s)" );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
     QString fn1 = filePath( name, acceptAbsPaths );
     QString fn2 = filePath( newName, acceptAbsPaths );
     return ::rename( QFile::encodeName(fn1),
 		     QFile::encodeName(fn2) ) == 0;
 }
 
@@ -157,135 +158,140 @@ QString QDir::currentDirPath()
     return result;
 }
 
 QString QDir::rootDirPath()
 {
     QString d = QString::fromLatin1( "/" );
     return d;
 }
 
 bool QDir::isRelativePath( const QString &path )
 {
     int len = path.length();
     if ( len == 0 )
 	return TRUE;
     return path[0] != '/';
 }
 
 bool QDir::readDirEntries( const QString &nameFilter,
 			   int filterSpec, int sortSpec )
 {
     int i;
     if ( !fList ) {
 	fList  = new QStringList;
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( fList );
 	fiList = new QFileInfoList;
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( fiList );
 	fiList->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
     } else {
 	fList->clear();
 	fiList->clear();
     }
 
-    QStringList filters = qt_makeFilterList( nameFilter );
+    QValueList<QRegExp> filters = qt_makeFilterList( nameFilter );
 
     bool doDirs	    = (filterSpec & Dirs)	!= 0;
     bool doFiles    = (filterSpec & Files)	!= 0;
     bool noSymLinks = (filterSpec & NoSymLinks) != 0;
     bool doReadable = (filterSpec & Readable)	!= 0;
     bool doWritable = (filterSpec & Writable)	!= 0;
     bool doExecable = (filterSpec & Executable) != 0;
     bool doHidden   = (filterSpec & Hidden)	!= 0;
     bool doSystem   = (filterSpec & System)     != 0;
 
-#if defined(Q_OS_OS2EMX)
-    //QRegExp   wc( nameFilter, FALSE, TRUE );	// wild card, case insensitive
-#else
-    //QRegExp   wc( nameFilter, TRUE, TRUE );	// wild card, case sensitive
-#endif
     QFileInfo fi;
     DIR	     *dir;
     dirent   *file;
 
     dir = opendir( QFile::encodeName(dPath) );
     if ( !dir )
 	return FALSE; // cannot read the directory
 
-    while ( (file = readdir(dir)) ) {
+#if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(Q_OS_CYGWIN)
+    union {
+	struct dirent mt_file;
+	char b[sizeof(struct dirent) + MAXNAMLEN + 1];
+    } u;
+    while ( readdir_r(dir, &u.mt_file, &file ) == 0 && file )
+#else
+    while ( (file = readdir(dir)) )
+#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT && _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
+    {
 	QString fn = QFile::decodeName(file->d_name);
 	fi.setFile( *this, fn );
-	if ( !match( filters, fn ) && !(allDirs && fi.isDir()) )
+	if ( !qt_matchFilterList(filters, fn) && !(allDirs && fi.isDir()) )
 	     continue;
 	if  ( (doDirs && fi.isDir()) || (doFiles && fi.isFile()) ||
 	      (doSystem && (!fi.isFile() && !fi.isDir())) ) {
 	    if ( noSymLinks && fi.isSymLink() )
 	        continue;
 	    if ( (filterSpec & RWEMask) != 0 )
 	        if ( (doReadable && !fi.isReadable()) ||
 	             (doWritable && !fi.isWritable()) ||
 	             (doExecable && !fi.isExecutable()) )
 	            continue;
 	    if ( !doHidden && fn[0] == '.' &&
 	         fn != QString::fromLatin1(".")
 	         && fn != QString::fromLatin1("..") )
 	        continue;
 	    fiList->append( new QFileInfo( fi ) );
 	}
     }
     if ( closedir(dir) != 0 ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
 	qWarning( "QDir::readDirEntries: Cannot close the directory: %s",
 		  dPath.local8Bit().data() );
 #endif
     }
 
     // Sort...
     if(fiList->count()) {
 	QDirSortItem* si= new QDirSortItem[fiList->count()];
 	QFileInfo* itm;
 	i=0;
 	for (itm = fiList->first(); itm; itm = fiList->next())
 	    si[i++].item = itm;
 	qt_cmp_si_sortSpec = sortSpec;
 	qsort( si, i, sizeof(si[0]), qt_cmp_si );
 	// put them back in the list
 	fiList->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
 	fiList->clear();
 	int j;
 	for ( j=0; j<i; j++ ) {
 	    fiList->append( si[j].item );
 	    fList->append( si[j].item->fileName() );
 	}
 	delete [] si;
 	fiList->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
     }
 
     if ( filterSpec == (FilterSpec)filtS && sortSpec == (SortSpec)sortS &&
 	 nameFilter == nameFilt )
 	dirty = FALSE;
     else
 	dirty = TRUE;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 const QFileInfoList * QDir::drives()
 {
     // at most one instance of QFileInfoList is leaked, and this variable
     // points to that list
     static QFileInfoList * knownMemoryLeak = 0;
 
     if ( !knownMemoryLeak ) {
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &knownMemoryLeak ) );
+	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			     qt_global_mutexpool->get( &knownMemoryLeak ) : 0 );
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
 	if ( !knownMemoryLeak ) {
 	    knownMemoryLeak = new QFileInfoList;
 	    // non-win32 versions both use just one root directory
 	    knownMemoryLeak->append( new QFileInfo( rootDirPath() ) );
 	}
     }
 
     return knownMemoryLeak;
 }
 #endif //QT_NO_DIR
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qfile.cpp b/qmake/tools/qfile.cpp
index a578b49..c088b55 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qfile.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qfile.cpp
@@ -59,65 +59,65 @@ extern bool qt_file_access( const QString& fn, int t );
 
     \ingroup io
     \mainclass
 
     QFile is an I/O device for reading and writing binary and text
     files. A QFile may be used by itself or more conveniently with a
     QDataStream or QTextStream.
 
     The file name is usually passed in the constructor but can be
     changed with setName(). You can check for a file's existence with
     exists() and remove a file with remove().
 
     The file is opened with open(), closed with close() and flushed
     with flush(). Data is usually read and written using QDataStream
     or QTextStream, but you can read with readBlock() and readLine()
     and write with writeBlock(). QFile also supports getch(),
     ungetch() and putch().
 
     The size of the file is returned by size(). You can get the
     current file position or move to a new file position using the
     at() functions. If you've reached the end of the file, atEnd()
     returns TRUE. The file handle is returned by handle().
 
     Here is a code fragment that uses QTextStream to read a text file
     line by line. It prints each line with a line number.
     \code
     QStringList lines;
     QFile file( "file.txt" );
     if ( file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
 	QTextStream stream( &file );
 	QString line;
 	int i = 1;
-	while ( !stream.eof() ) {
+	while ( !stream.atEnd() ) {
 	    line = stream.readLine(); // line of text excluding '\n'
 	    printf( "%3d: %s\n", i++, line.latin1() );
 	    lines += line;
 	}
 	file.close();
     }
     \endcode
 
     Writing text is just as easy. The following example shows how to
     write the data we read into the string list from the previous
     example:
     \code
     QFile file( "file.txt" );
     if ( file.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
 	QTextStream stream( &file );
 	for ( QStringList::Iterator it = lines.begin(); it != lines.end(); ++it )
 	    stream << *it << "\n";
 	file.close();
     }
     \endcode
 
     The QFileInfo class holds detailed information about a file, such
     as access permissions, file dates and file types.
 
     The QDir class manages directories and lists of file names.
 
     Qt uses Unicode file names. If you want to do your own I/O on Unix
     systems you may want to use encodeName() (and decodeName()) to
     convert the file name into the local encoding.
 
     \important readAll()
 
@@ -261,64 +261,65 @@ bool QFile::remove()
     return remove( fn );
 }
 
 #if defined(Q_OS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_MSDOS) || defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_OS2)
 # define HAS_TEXT_FILEMODE			// has translate/text filemode
 #endif
 #if defined(O_NONBLOCK)
 # define HAS_ASYNC_FILEMODE
 # define OPEN_ASYNC O_NONBLOCK
 #elif defined(O_NDELAY)
 # define HAS_ASYNC_FILEMODE
 # define OPEN_ASYNC O_NDELAY
 #endif
 
 /*!
     Flushes the file buffer to the disk.
 
     close() also flushes the file buffer.
 */
 
 void QFile::flush()
 {
     if ( isOpen() && fh )			// can only flush open/buffered
 	fflush( fh );				//   file
 }
 
 /*! \reimp
     \fn QIODevice::Offset QFile::at() const
 */
 
 /*!
     Returns TRUE if the end of file has been reached; otherwise returns FALSE.
+    If QFile has not been open()'d, then the behavior is undefined.
 
     \sa size()
 */
 
 bool QFile::atEnd() const
 {
     if ( !isOpen() ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QFile::atEnd: File is not open" );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
     if ( isDirectAccess() && !isTranslated() ) {
 	if ( at() < length )
 	    return FALSE;
     }
     return QIODevice::atEnd();
 }
 
 /*!
     Reads a line of text.
 
     Reads bytes from the file into the char* \a p, until end-of-line
     or \a maxlen bytes have been read, whichever occurs first. Returns
     the number of bytes read, or -1 if there was an error. Any
     terminating newline is not stripped.
 
     This function is only efficient for buffered files. Avoid
     readLine() for files that have been opened with the \c IO_Raw
     flag.
 
     \sa readBlock(), QTextStream::readLine()
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qfile_unix.cpp b/qmake/tools/qfile_unix.cpp
index 2d5a856..460bf06 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qfile_unix.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qfile_unix.cpp
@@ -406,69 +406,72 @@ bool QFile::open( int m, int f )
     ioIndex = (Offset)::lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_CUR);
     if ( (st.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFREG || f == 0 ) { // stdin is not seekable...
 	// non-seekable
 	setType( IO_Sequential );
 	length = INT_MAX;
 	ioIndex = 0;
     } else {
 	length = (Offset)st.st_size;
 	if ( length == 0 && isReadable() ) {
 	    // try if you can read from it (if you can, it's a sequential
 	    // device; e.g. a file in the /proc filesystem)
 	    int c = getch();
 	    if ( c != -1 ) {
 		ungetch(c);
 		setType( IO_Sequential );
 		length = INT_MAX;
 		ioIndex = 0;
 	    }
 	    resetStatus();
 	}
     }
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the file size.
   \sa at()
 */
 
 QIODevice::Offset QFile::size() const
 {
     struct stat st;
+    int ret = 0;
     if ( isOpen() ) {
-	::fstat( fh ? fileno(fh) : fd, &st );
+	ret = ::fstat( fh ? fileno(fh) : fd, &st );
     } else {
-	::stat( QFile::encodeName(fn), &st );
+	ret = ::stat( QFile::encodeName(fn), &st );
     }
+    if ( ret == -1 )
+	return 0;
 #if defined(QT_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT) && !defined(QT_ABI_64BITOFFSET)
     return (uint)st.st_size > UINT_MAX ? UINT_MAX : (QIODevice::Offset)st.st_size;
 #else
     return st.st_size;
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Sets the file index to \a pos. Returns TRUE if successful;
     otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     Example:
     \code
     QFile f( "data.bin" );
     f.open( IO_ReadOnly );  // index set to 0
     f.at( 100 );	    // set index to 100
     f.at( f.at()+50 );	    // set index to 150
     f.at( f.size()-80 );    // set index to 80 before EOF
     f.close();
     \endcode
 
     Use \c at() without arguments to retrieve the file offset.
 
     \warning The result is undefined if the file was open()'ed using
     the \c IO_Append specifier.
 
     \sa size(), open()
 */
 
@@ -509,65 +512,65 @@ bool QFile::at( Offset pos )
 
 /*!
   \reimp
 
   \warning We have experienced problems with some C libraries when a buffered
   file is opened for both reading and writing. If a read operation takes place
   immediately after a write operation, the read buffer contains garbage data.
   Worse, the same garbage is written to the file. Calling flush() before
   readBlock() solved this problem.
 */
 
 Q_LONG QFile::readBlock( char *p, Q_ULONG len )
 {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
     if ( !p )
 	qWarning( "QFile::readBlock: Null pointer error" );
 #endif
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
     if ( !isOpen() ) {
 	qWarning( "QFile::readBlock: File not open" );
 	return -1;
     }
     if ( !isReadable() ) {
 	qWarning( "QFile::readBlock: Read operation not permitted" );
 	return -1;
     }
 #endif
     Q_ULONG nread = 0;					// number of bytes read
     if ( !ungetchBuffer.isEmpty() ) {
 	// need to add these to the returned string.
 	uint l = ungetchBuffer.length();
 	while( nread < l ) {
-	    *p = ungetchBuffer[ l - nread - 1 ];
+	    *p = ungetchBuffer.at( l - nread - 1 );
 	    p++;
 	    nread++;
 	}
 	ungetchBuffer.truncate( l - nread );
     }
 
     if ( nread < len ) {
 	if ( isRaw() ) {				// raw file
 	    nread += ::read( fd, p, len-nread );
 	    if ( len && nread <= 0 ) {
 		nread = 0;
 		setStatus(IO_ReadError);
 	    }
 	} else {					// buffered file
 	    nread += fread( p, 1, len-nread, fh );
 	    if ( (uint)nread != len ) {
 		if ( ferror( fh ) || nread==0 )
 		    setStatus(IO_ReadError);
 	    }
 	}
     }
     if ( !isSequentialAccess() )
 	ioIndex += nread;
     return nread;
 }
 
 
 /*! \reimp
 
   Writes \a len bytes from \a p to the file and returns the number of
   bytes actually written.
 
@@ -600,65 +603,67 @@ Q_LONG QFile::writeBlock( const char *p, Q_ULONG len )
     if ( isRaw() )				// raw file
 	nwritten = ::write( fd, (void *)p, len );
     else					// buffered file
 	nwritten = fwrite( p, 1, len, fh );
     if ( nwritten != len ) {		// write error
 	if ( errno == ENOSPC )			// disk is full
 	    setStatus( IO_ResourceError );
 	else
 	    setStatus( IO_WriteError );
 	if ( !isSequentialAccess() ) {
 	    if ( isRaw() )			// recalc file position
 		ioIndex = (Offset)::lseek( fd, 0, SEEK_CUR );
 	    else
 #if defined(QT_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT)
 		ioIndex = (Offset)::fseeko( fh, 0, SEEK_CUR );
 #else
 		ioIndex = (Offset)::fseek( fh, 0, SEEK_CUR );
 #endif
 	}
     } else {
 	if ( !isSequentialAccess() )
 	    ioIndex += nwritten;
     }
     if ( ioIndex > length )			// update file length
 	length = ioIndex;
     return nwritten;
 }
 
 /*!
   Returns the file handle of the file.
 
   This is a small positive integer, suitable for use with C library
-  functions such as fdopen() and fcntl(), as well as with QSocketNotifier.
+  functions such as fdopen() and fcntl(). On systems that use file 
+  descriptors for sockets (ie. Unix systems, but not Windows) the handle
+  can be used with QSocketNotifier as well.
 
   If the file is not open or there is an error, handle() returns -1.
 
   \sa QSocketNotifier
 */
 
 int QFile::handle() const
 {
     if ( !isOpen() )
 	return -1;
     else if ( fh )
 	return fileno( fh );
     else
 	return fd;
 }
 
 /*!
   Closes an open file.
 
   The file is not closed if it was opened with an existing file handle.
   If the existing file handle is a \c FILE*, the file is flushed.
   If the existing file handle is an \c int file descriptor, nothing
   is done to the file.
 
   Some "write-behind" filesystems may report an unspecified error on
   closing the file. These errors only indicate that something may
   have gone wrong since the previous open(). In such a case status()
   reports IO_UnspecifiedError after close(), otherwise IO_Ok.
 
   \sa open(), flush()
 */
 
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qfileinfo.cpp b/qmake/tools/qfileinfo.cpp
index 3af7932..a78f4fa 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qfileinfo.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qfileinfo.cpp
@@ -606,54 +606,56 @@ QDateTime QFileInfo::lastModified() const
     same as lastModified().
 
     \sa created() lastModified() lastRead()
 */
 
 QDateTime QFileInfo::lastRead() const
 {
     QDateTime dt;
     if ( !fic || !cache )
 	doStat();
     if ( fic && fic->st.st_atime != 0 ) {
 	dt.setTime_t( fic->st.st_atime );
 	return dt;
     } else {
 	return lastModified();
     }
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIR
 
 /*!
     Returns the absolute path including the file name.
 
     The absolute path name consists of the full path and the file
     name. On Unix this will always begin with the root, '/',
     directory. On Windows this will always begin 'D:/' where D is a
     drive letter, except for network shares that are not mapped to a
     drive letter, in which case the path will begin '//sharename/'.
 
     This function returns the same as filePath(), unless isRelative()
     is TRUE.
 
+    If the QFileInfo is empty it returns QDir::currentDirPath().
+
     This function can be time consuming under Unix (in the order of
     milliseconds).
 
     \sa isRelative(), filePath()
 */
 QString QFileInfo::absFilePath() const
 {
     QString tmp;
     if ( QDir::isRelativePath(fn)
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WIN64)
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
 	 && fn[1] != ':'
 #endif
 	 ) {
 	tmp = QDir::currentDirPath();
 	tmp += '/';
     }
     tmp += fn;
     makeAbs( tmp );
     return QDir::cleanDirPath( tmp );
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qfileinfo_unix.cpp b/qmake/tools/qfileinfo_unix.cpp
index f7c3a97..364f219 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qfileinfo_unix.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qfileinfo_unix.cpp
@@ -185,67 +185,67 @@ QString QFileInfo::group() const
 
 /*!
     Returns the id of the group the file belongs to.
 
     On Windows and on systems where files do not have groups this
     function always returns (uint) -2.
 
     \sa group(), owner(), ownerId()
 */
 
 uint QFileInfo::groupId() const
 {
     if ( !fic || !cache )
 	doStat();
     if ( fic )
 	return fic->st.st_gid;
     return nobodyID;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Tests for file permissions. The \a permissionSpec argument can be
     several flags of type \c PermissionSpec OR-ed together to check
     for permission combinations.
 
     On systems where files do not have permissions this function
     always returns TRUE.
 
     Example:
     \code
 	QFileInfo fi( "/tmp/archive.tar.gz" );
 	if ( fi.permission( QFileInfo::WriteUser | QFileInfo::ReadGroup ) )
-	    qWarning( "I can change the file; my group can read the file.");
+	    qWarning( "I can change the file; my group can read the file" );
 	if ( fi.permission( QFileInfo::WriteGroup | QFileInfo::WriteOther ) )
-	    qWarning( "The group or others can change the file!" );
+	    qWarning( "The group or others can change the file" );
     \endcode
 
     \sa isReadable(), isWritable(), isExecutable()
 */
 
 bool QFileInfo::permission( int permissionSpec ) const
 {
     if ( !fic || !cache )
 	doStat();
     if ( fic ) {
 	uint mask = 0;
 	if ( permissionSpec & ReadUser )
 	    mask |= S_IRUSR;
 	if ( permissionSpec & WriteUser )
 	    mask |= S_IWUSR;
 	if ( permissionSpec & ExeUser )
 	    mask |= S_IXUSR;
 	if ( permissionSpec & ReadGroup )
 	    mask |= S_IRGRP;
 	if ( permissionSpec & WriteGroup )
 	    mask |= S_IWGRP;
 	if ( permissionSpec & ExeGroup )
 	    mask |= S_IXGRP;
 	if ( permissionSpec & ReadOther )
 	    mask |= S_IROTH;
 	if ( permissionSpec & WriteOther )
 	    mask |= S_IWOTH;
 	if ( permissionSpec & ExeOther )
 	    mask |= S_IXOTH;
 	if ( mask ) {
 	   return (fic->st.st_mode & mask) == mask;
 	} else {
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qgarray.cpp b/qmake/tools/qgarray.cpp
index 45c45ce..0a522e4 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qgarray.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qgarray.cpp
@@ -6,79 +6,89 @@
 ** Created : 930906
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
-#include "qglobal.h"			// needed to define Q_WS_WIN
-#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
-#include "qt_windows.h"			// needed for bsearch on some platforms
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#if defined(Q_CC_BOR)
+    // needed for qsort() because of a std namespace problem on Borland
+#   include "qplatformdefs.h"
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    // needed for bsearch on some platforms
+#   include "qt_windows.h"
 #endif
 
 #define	 QGARRAY_CPP
 #include "qgarray.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 #  include <private/qmutexpool_p.h>
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
-#define USE_MALLOC				// comment to use new/delete
+/*
+  If USE_MALLOC isn't defined, we use new[] and delete[] to allocate
+  memory. The documentation for QMemArray<T>::assign() explicitly
+  mentions that the array is freed using free(), so don't mess around
+  with USE_MALLOC unless you know what you're doing.
+*/
+#define USE_MALLOC
 
 #undef NEW
 #undef DELETE
 
 #if defined(USE_MALLOC)
 #define NEW(type,size)	((type*)malloc(size*sizeof(type)))
 #define DELETE(array)	(free((char*)array))
 #else
 #define NEW(type,size)	(new type[size])
 #define DELETE(array)	(delete[] array)
 #define DONT_USE_REALLOC			// comment to use realloc()
 #endif
 
 /*!
   \class QShared qshared.h
   \reentrant
   \ingroup shared
   \brief The QShared class is used internally for implementing shared classes.
 
   \internal
 
   It only contains a reference count and member functions to increment and
   decrement it.
 
   Shared classes normally have internal classes that inherit QShared and
   add the shared data.
 
   \sa \link shclass.html Shared Classes\endlink
 */
 
 /*!
   \class QGArray qgarray.h
@@ -106,65 +116,69 @@ QGArray::QGArray()
     Q_CHECK_PTR( shd );
 }
 
 /*!
   Dummy constructor; does not allocate any data.
 
   This constructor does not initialize any array data so subclasses
   must do it. The intention is to make the code more efficient.
 */
 
 QGArray::QGArray( int, int )
 {
 }
 
 /*!
   Constructs an array with room for \a size bytes.
 */
 
 QGArray::QGArray( int size )
 {
     if ( size < 0 ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
 	qWarning( "QGArray: Cannot allocate array with negative length" );
 #endif
 	size = 0;
     }
     shd = newData();
     Q_CHECK_PTR( shd );
     if ( size == 0 )				// zero length
 	return;
     shd->data = NEW(char,size);
     Q_CHECK_PTR( shd->data );
-    shd->len = size;
+    shd->len =
+#ifdef QT_QGARRAY_SPEED_OPTIM
+	shd->maxl =
+#endif
+	size;
 }
 
 /*!
   Constructs a shallow copy of \a a.
 */
 
 QGArray::QGArray( const QGArray &a )
 {
     shd = a.shd;
     shd->ref();
 }
 
 /*!
   Dereferences the array data and deletes it if this was the last
   reference.
 */
 
 QGArray::~QGArray()
 {
     if ( shd && shd->deref() ) {		// delete when last reference
 	if ( shd->data )			// is lost
 	    DELETE(shd->data);
 	deleteData( shd );
 	shd = 0;
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \fn QGArray &QGArray::operator=( const QGArray &a )
 
   Assigns a shallow copy of \a a to this array and returns a reference to
@@ -183,93 +197,128 @@ QGArray::~QGArray()
   Returns a pointer to the actual array data.
 */
 
 /*!
   \fn uint QGArray::nrefs() const
 
   Returns the reference count.
 */
 
 /*!
   \fn uint QGArray::size() const
 
   Returns the size of the array, in bytes.
 */
 
 
 /*!
   Returns TRUE if this array is equal to \a a, otherwise FALSE.
   The comparison is bitwise, of course.
 */
 
 bool QGArray::isEqual( const QGArray &a ) const
 {
     if ( size() != a.size() )			// different size
 	return FALSE;
     if ( data() == a.data() )			// has same data
 	return TRUE;
     return (size() ? memcmp( data(), a.data(), size() ) : 0) == 0;
 }
 
 
 /*!
-  Resizes the array to \a newsize bytes.
+  Resizes the array to \a newsize bytes. \a optim is either
+  MemOptim (the default) or SpeedOptim.
 */
-
-bool QGArray::resize( uint newsize )
+bool QGArray::resize( uint newsize, Optimization optim )
 {
-    if ( newsize == shd->len )			// nothing to do
+#ifndef QT_QGARRAY_SPEED_OPTIM
+    Q_UNUSED(optim);
+#endif
+
+    if ( newsize == shd->len
+#ifdef QT_QGARRAY_SPEED_OPTIM
+	 && newsize == shd->maxl
+#endif
+	) // nothing to do
 	return TRUE;
     if ( newsize == 0 ) {			// remove array
 	duplicate( 0, 0 );
 	return TRUE;
     }
+
+    uint newmaxl = newsize;
+#ifdef QT_QGARRAY_SPEED_OPTIM
+    if ( optim == SpeedOptim ) {
+	if ( newsize <= shd->maxl &&
+	     ( newsize * 4 > shd->maxl || shd->maxl <= 4 ) ) {
+	    shd->len = newsize;
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	newmaxl = 4;
+	while ( newmaxl < newsize )
+	    newmaxl *= 2;
+	// try to spare some memory
+	if ( newmaxl >= 1024 * 1024 && newsize <= newmaxl - (newmaxl >> 2) )
+	    newmaxl -= newmaxl >> 2;
+    }
+    shd->maxl = newmaxl;
+#endif
+
     if ( shd->data ) {				// existing data
 #if defined(DONT_USE_REALLOC)
 	char *newdata = NEW(char,newsize);	// manual realloc
-	memcpy( newdata, shd->data, QMIN(shd->len,newsize) );
+	memcpy( newdata, shd->data, QMIN(shd->len,newmaxl) );
 	DELETE(shd->data);
 	shd->data = newdata;
 #else
-	shd->data = (char *)realloc( shd->data, newsize );
+	shd->data = (char *)realloc( shd->data, newmaxl );
 #endif
     } else {
-	shd->data = NEW(char,newsize);
+	shd->data = NEW(char,newmaxl);
     }
     if ( !shd->data )				// no memory
 	return FALSE;
     shd->len = newsize;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
+/*!\overload
+*/
+bool QGArray::resize( uint newsize )
+{
+    return resize( newsize, MemOptim );
+}
+
+
 /*!
   Fills the array with the repeated occurrences of \a d, which is
   \a sz bytes long.
   If \a len is specified as different from -1, then the array will be
   resized to \a len*sz before it is filled.
 
   Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the memory cannot be allocated
   (only when \a len != -1).
 
   \sa resize()
 */
 
 bool QGArray::fill( const char *d, int len, uint sz )
 {
     if ( len < 0 )
 	len = shd->len/sz;			// default: use array length
     else if ( !resize( len*sz ) )
 	return FALSE;
     if ( sz == 1 )				// 8 bit elements
 	memset( data(), *d, len );
     else if ( sz == 4 ) {			// 32 bit elements
 	register Q_INT32 *x = (Q_INT32*)data();
 	Q_INT32 v = *((Q_INT32*)d);
 	while ( len-- )
 	    *x++ = v;
     } else if ( sz == 2 ) {			// 16 bit elements
 	register Q_INT16 *x = (Q_INT16*)data();
 	Q_INT16 v = *((Q_INT16*)d);
 	while ( len-- )
 	    *x++ = v;
     } else {					// any other size elements
 	register char *x = data();
@@ -290,148 +339,160 @@ bool QGArray::fill( const char *d, int len, uint sz )
 
 QGArray &QGArray::assign( const QGArray &a )
 {
     a.shd->ref();				// avoid 'a = a'
     if ( shd->deref() ) {			// delete when last reference
 	if ( shd->data )			// is lost
 	    DELETE(shd->data);
 	deleteData( shd );
     }
     shd = a.shd;
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
   Shallow copy. Dereference the current array and references the
   array data \a d, which contains \a len bytes.
   Returns a reference to this array.
 
   Do not delete \a d later, because QGArray takes care of that.
 */
 
 QGArray &QGArray::assign( const char *d, uint len )
 {
     if ( shd->count > 1 ) {			// disconnect this
 	shd->count--;
 	shd = newData();
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( shd );
     } else {
 	if ( shd->data )
 	    DELETE(shd->data);
     }
     shd->data = (char *)d;
-    shd->len = len;
+    shd->len =
+#ifdef QT_QGARRAY_SPEED_OPTIM
+	shd->maxl =
+#endif
+	len;
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
   Deep copy. Dereference the current array and obtains a copy of the data
   contained in \a a instead. Returns a reference to this array.
   \sa assign(), operator=()
 */
 
 QGArray &QGArray::duplicate( const QGArray &a )
 {
     if ( a.shd == shd ) {			// a.duplicate(a) !
 	if ( shd->count > 1 ) {
 	    shd->count--;
 	    register array_data *n = newData();
 	    Q_CHECK_PTR( n );
 	    if ( (n->len=shd->len) ) {
 		n->data = NEW(char,n->len);
 		Q_CHECK_PTR( n->data );
 		if ( n->data )
 		    memcpy( n->data, shd->data, n->len );
 	    } else {
 		n->data = 0;
 	    }
 	    shd = n;
 	}
 	return *this;
     }
     char *oldptr = 0;
     if ( shd->count > 1 ) {			// disconnect this
 	shd->count--;
 	shd = newData();
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( shd );
     } else {					// delete after copy was made
 	oldptr = shd->data;
     }
     if ( a.shd->len ) {				// duplicate data
 	shd->data = NEW(char,a.shd->len);
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( shd->data );
 	if ( shd->data )
 	    memcpy( shd->data, a.shd->data, a.shd->len );
     } else {
 	shd->data = 0;
     }
-    shd->len = a.shd->len;
+    shd->len =
+#ifdef QT_QGARRAY_SPEED_OPTIM
+	shd->maxl =
+#endif
+	a.shd->len;
     if ( oldptr )
 	DELETE(oldptr);
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
   Deep copy. Dereferences the current array and obtains a copy of
   \a len characters from array data \a d instead.  Returns a reference
   to this array.
   \sa assign(), operator=()
 */
 
 QGArray &QGArray::duplicate( const char *d, uint len )
 {
     char *data;
     if ( d == 0 || len == 0 ) {
 	data = 0;
 	len  = 0;
     } else {
 	if ( shd->count == 1 && shd->len == len ) {
 	    memcpy( shd->data, d, len );	// use same buffer
 	    return *this;
 	}
 	data = NEW(char,len);
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( data );
 	memcpy( data, d, len );
     }
     if ( shd->count > 1 ) {			// detach
 	shd->count--;
 	shd = newData();
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( shd );
     } else {					// just a single reference
 	if ( shd->data )
 	    DELETE(shd->data);
     }
     shd->data = data;
-    shd->len  = len;
+    shd->len =
+#ifdef QT_QGARRAY_SPEED_OPTIM
+	shd->maxl =
+#endif
+	len;
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
   Resizes this array to \a len bytes and copies the \a len bytes at
   address \a d into it.
 
   \warning This function disregards the reference count mechanism.  If
   other QGArrays reference the same data as this, all will be updated.
 */
 
 void QGArray::store( const char *d, uint len )
 {						// store, but not deref
     resize( len );
     memcpy( shd->data, d, len );
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \fn array_data *QGArray::sharedBlock() const
 
   Returns a pointer to the shared array block.
 
   \warning
 
   Do not use this function.  Using it is begging for trouble.  We dare
   not remove it, for fear of breaking code, but we \e strongly
   discourage new use of it.
 */
 
 /*!
   \fn void QGArray::setSharedBlock( array_data *p )
@@ -630,83 +691,85 @@ int QGArray::contains( const char *d, uint sz ) const
 static int cmp_item_size = 0;
 
 #if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
 static int __cdecl cmp_arr( const void *n1, const void *n2 )
 #else
 static int cmp_arr( const void *n1, const void *n2 )
 #endif
 {
     return ( n1 && n2 ) ? memcmp( n1, n2, cmp_item_size )
 			: ( n1 ? 1 : ( n2 ? -1 : 0 ) );
     // ### Qt 3.0: Add a virtual compareItems() method and call that instead
 }
 
 #if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
 }
 #endif
 
 /*!
   Sorts the first \a sz items of the array.
 */
 
 void QGArray::sort( uint sz )
 {
     int numItems = size() / sz;
     if ( numItems < 2 )
 	return;
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &cmp_item_size ) );
+    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			 qt_global_mutexpool->get( &cmp_item_size ) : 0 );
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
     cmp_item_size = sz;
     qsort( shd->data, numItems, sz, cmp_arr );
 }
 
 /*!
   Binary search; assumes that \a d is a sorted array of size \a sz.
 */
 
 int QGArray::bsearch( const char *d, uint sz ) const
 {
     int numItems = size() / sz;
     if ( !numItems )
 	return -1;
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &cmp_item_size ) );
+    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			 qt_global_mutexpool->get( &cmp_item_size ) : 0 );
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
     cmp_item_size = sz;
     char* r = (char*)::bsearch( d, shd->data, numItems, sz, cmp_arr );
     if ( !r )
 	return -1;
     while( (r >= shd->data + sz) && (cmp_arr( r - sz, d ) == 0) )
 	r -= sz;	// search to first of equal elements; bsearch is undef
     return (int)(( r - shd->data ) / sz);
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \fn char *QGArray::at( uint index ) const
 
   Returns a pointer to the byte at offset \a index in the array.
 */
 
 /*!
   Expand the array if necessary, and copies (the first part of) its
   contents from the \a index * \a sz bytes at \a d.
 
   Returns TRUE if the operation succeeds, FALSE if it runs out of
   memory.
 
   \warning This function disregards the reference count mechanism.  If
   other QGArrays reference the same data as this, all will be changed.
 */
 
 bool QGArray::setExpand( uint index, const char *d, uint sz )
 {
     index *= sz;
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qgdict.cpp b/qmake/tools/qgdict.cpp
index c431ff8..3d49fc7 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qgdict.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qgdict.cpp
@@ -175,65 +175,68 @@ QDataStream& QGDict::read( QDataStream &s, QPtrCollection::Item &item )
   reference to the stream.
 
   \sa read()
 */
 
 QDataStream& QGDict::write( QDataStream &s, QPtrCollection::Item ) const
 {
     return s;
 }
 #endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
 
 /*****************************************************************************
   QGDict member functions
  *****************************************************************************/
 
 /*!
   Constructs a dictionary.
 
   \a len is the initial size of the dictionary.
   The key type is \a kt which may be \c StringKey, \c AsciiKey,
   \c IntKey or \c PtrKey. The case-sensitivity of lookups is set with
   \a caseSensitive. Keys are copied if \a copyKeys is TRUE.
 */
 
 QGDict::QGDict( uint len, KeyType kt, bool caseSensitive, bool copyKeys )
 {
     init( len, kt, caseSensitive, copyKeys );
 }
 
 
 void QGDict::init( uint len, KeyType kt, bool caseSensitive, bool copyKeys )
 {
-    vec = new QBaseBucket *[vlen = len];		// allocate hash table
+    vlen = len;
+    if ( vlen == 0 )
+	vlen = 17;
+    vec = new QBaseBucket *[vlen];
     Q_CHECK_PTR( vec );
     memset( (char*)vec, 0, vlen*sizeof(QBaseBucket*) );
     numItems  = 0;
     iterators = 0;
     // The caseSensitive and copyKey options don't make sense for
     // all dict types.
     switch ( (keytype = (uint)kt) ) {
 	case StringKey:
 	    cases = caseSensitive;
 	    copyk = FALSE;
 	    break;
 	case AsciiKey:
 	    cases = caseSensitive;
 	    copyk = copyKeys;
 	    break;
 	default:
 	    cases = FALSE;
 	    copyk = FALSE;
 	    break;
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Constructs a copy of \a dict.
 */
 
 QGDict::QGDict( const QGDict & dict )
     : QPtrCollection( dict )
 {
     init( dict.vlen, (KeyType)dict.keytype, dict.cases, dict.copyk );
     QGDictIterator it( dict );
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qglist.cpp b/qmake/tools/qglist.cpp
index 155d585..bd27f8a 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qglist.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qglist.cpp
@@ -300,70 +300,66 @@ bool QGList::operator==( const QGList &list ) const
 	if ( ( (QGList*)this )->compareItems( n1->data, n2->data ) != 0 )
 	    return FALSE;
 	n1 = n1->next;
 	n2 = n2->next;
     }
 
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 /*!
   \fn uint QGList::count() const
 
   Returns the number of items in the list.
 */
 
 
 /*!
   Returns the node at position \a index.  Sets this node to current.
 */
 
 QLNode *QGList::locate( uint index )
 {
     if ( index == (uint)curIndex )		// current node ?
 	return curNode;
     if ( !curNode && firstNode ) {		// set current node
 	curNode	 = firstNode;
 	curIndex = 0;
     }
     register QLNode *node;
     int	 distance = index - curIndex;		// node distance to cur node
     bool forward;				// direction to traverse
 
-    if ( index >= numNodes ) {
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
-	qWarning( "QGList::locate: Index %d out of range", index );
-#endif
+    if ( index >= numNodes )
 	return 0;
-    }
 
     if ( distance < 0 )
 	distance = -distance;
     if ( (uint)distance < index && (uint)distance < numNodes - index ) {
 	node =	curNode;			// start from current node
 	forward = index > (uint)curIndex;
     } else if ( index < numNodes - index ) {	// start from first node
 	node = firstNode;
 	distance = index;
 	forward = TRUE;
     } else {					// start from last node
 	node = lastNode;
 	distance = numNodes - index - 1;
 	if ( distance < 0 )
 	    distance = 0;
 	forward = FALSE;
     }
     if ( forward ) {				// now run through nodes
 	while ( distance-- )
 	    node = node->next;
     } else {
 	while ( distance-- )
 	    node = node->prev;
     }
     curIndex = index;				// must update index
     return curNode = node;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Inserts item \a d at its sorted position in the list.
 */
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qglobal.cpp b/qmake/tools/qglobal.cpp
index 47cd6bd..342005d 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qglobal.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qglobal.cpp
@@ -120,65 +120,86 @@ bool qSysInfo( int *wordSize, bool *bigEndian )
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
     bool  be16, be32;				// determine byte ordering
     short ns = 0x1234;
     int	  nl = 0x12345678;
 
     unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)(&ns);	// 16-bit integer
     be16 = *p == 0x12;
 
     p = (unsigned char *)(&nl);			// 32-bit integer
     if ( p[0] == 0x12 && p[1] == 0x34 && p[2] == 0x56 && p[3] == 0x78 )
 	be32 = TRUE;
     else
     if ( p[0] == 0x78 && p[1] == 0x56 && p[2] == 0x34 && p[3] == 0x12 )
 	be32 = FALSE;
     else
 	be32 = !be16;
 
     if ( be16 != be32 ) {			// strange machine!
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
 	qFatal( "qSysInfo: Inconsistent system byte order" );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
     *bigEndian = si_bigEndian = be32;
     si_alreadyDone = TRUE;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_CYGWIN)
+#if !defined(QWS) && defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+
+#include "qt_mac.h"
+
+int qMacVersion()
+{
+    static int macver = Qt::MV_Unknown;
+    static bool first = TRUE;
+    if(first) {
+	first = FALSE;
+	long gestalt_version;
+	if(Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gestalt_version) == noErr) {
+	    if(gestalt_version >= 0x1020 && gestalt_version < 0x1030)
+		macver = Qt::MV_10_DOT_2;
+	    else if(gestalt_version >= 0x1010 && gestalt_version < 0x1020)
+		macver = Qt::MV_10_DOT_1;
+	}
+    }
+    return macver;
+}
+Qt::MacintoshVersion qt_macver = (Qt::MacintoshVersion)qMacVersion();
+#elif defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_CYGWIN)
 bool qt_winunicode;
 
 #include "qt_windows.h"
 
 int qWinVersion()
 {
 #ifndef VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s
 #define VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s	    0
 #endif
 #ifndef VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS
 #define VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS  1
 #endif
 #ifndef VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT
 #define VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT	    2
 #endif
 
     static int winver = Qt::WV_NT;
     static int t=0;
     if ( !t ) {
 	t=1;
 #ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
 	OSVERSIONINFOW osver;
 	osver.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(osver);
 	GetVersionEx( &osver );
 #else
 	OSVERSIONINFOA osver;
 	osver.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(osver);
 	GetVersionExA( &osver );
 #endif
 	switch ( osver.dwPlatformId ) {
 	case VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s:
 	    winver = Qt::WV_32s;
@@ -292,81 +313,93 @@ Qt::WindowsVersion qt_winver = (Qt::WindowsVersion)qWinVersion();
     This function takes a format string and a list of arguments,
     similar to the C printf() function.
 
     Example:
     \code
 	int divide( int a, int b )
 	{
 	    if ( b == 0 )				// program error
 		qFatal( "divide: cannot divide by zero" );
 	    return a/b;
 	}
     \endcode
 
     Under X11, the text is printed to stderr. Under Windows, the text
     is sent to the debugger.
 
     \warning The internal buffer is limited to 8196 bytes (including
     the '\0'-terminator).
 
     \warning Passing (const char *)0 as argument to qFatal might lead
     to crashes on certain platforms due to the platforms printf implementation.
 
     \sa qDebug(), qWarning(), qInstallMsgHandler(),
     \link debug.html Debugging\endlink
 */
 
 
 static QtMsgHandler handler = 0;		// pointer to debug handler
 static const int QT_BUFFER_LENGTH = 8196;	// internal buffer length
 
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_MAC
-const unsigned char * p_str(const char * c, int len=-1)
+QString cfstring2qstring(CFStringRef str)
+{
+    CFIndex length = CFStringGetLength(str); 
+    if(const UniChar *chars = CFStringGetCharactersPtr(str)) 
+	return QString((QChar *)chars, length);
+    UniChar *buffer = (UniChar*)malloc(length * sizeof(UniChar)); 
+    CFStringGetCharacters(str, CFRangeMake(0, length), buffer); 
+    QString ret((QChar *)buffer, length);
+    free(buffer); 
+    return ret;
+}
+
+unsigned char * p_str(const char * c, int len=-1)
 {
     const int maxlen = 255;
     if(len == -1)
 	len = qstrlen(c);
     if(len > maxlen) {
 	qWarning( "p_str len must never exceed %d", maxlen );
 	len = maxlen;
     }
     unsigned char *ret = (unsigned char*)malloc(len+2);
     *ret=len;
     memcpy(((char *)ret)+1,c,len);
     *(ret+len+1) = '\0';
     return ret;
 }
 
-const unsigned char * p_str(const QString &s)
+unsigned char * p_str(const QString &s)
 {
     return p_str(s, s.length());
 }
 
 QCString p2qstring(const unsigned char *c) {
        char *arr = (char *)malloc(c[0] + 1);
        memcpy(arr, c+1, c[0]);
        arr[c[0]] = '\0';
        QCString ret = arr;
        delete arr;
        return ret;
 }
 #endif
 
 
 #ifdef Q_CC_MWERKS
 
 #include "qt_mac.h"
 
 extern bool qt_is_gui_used;
 static void mac_default_handler( const char *msg )
 {
     if ( qt_is_gui_used ) {
 	const char *p = p_str(msg);
 	DebugStr(p);
 	free(p);
     } else {
 	fprintf( stderr, msg );
     }
 }
 
 #endif
@@ -612,76 +645,76 @@ void qSystemWarning( const char* msg, int code )
     Q_ASSERT is useful for testing pre- and post-conditions.
 
     Example:
     \code
 	//
 	// File: div.cpp
 	//
 
 	#include <qglobal.h>
 
 	int divide( int a, int b )
 	{
 	    Q_ASSERT( b != 0 );			// this is line 9
 	    return a/b;
 	}
     \endcode
 
     If \c b is zero, the Q_ASSERT statement will output the following
     message using the qWarning() function:
     \code
 	ASSERT: "b == 0" in div.cpp (9)
     \endcode
 
     \sa qWarning(), \link debug.html Debugging\endlink
 */
 
 
 /*!
     \fn void Q_CHECK_PTR( void *p )
 
     \relates QApplication
 
-    If \a p is null, a fatal messages says that the program ran out of
-    memory and exits. If \e p is not null, nothing happens.
+    If \a p is 0, a fatal messages says that the program ran out of
+    memory and exits. If \e p is not 0, nothing happens.
 
     This is really a macro defined in \c qglobal.h.
 
     Example:
     \code
 	int *a;
 
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( a = new int[80] );  // WRONG!
 
-	a = new int[80];                 // Right
+	a = new (nothrow) int[80];       // Right
 	Q_CHECK_PTR( a );
     \endcode
 
     \sa qFatal(), \link debug.html Debugging\endlink
 */
 
 
 //
 // The Q_CHECK_PTR macro calls this function to check if an allocation went ok.
 //
 #if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
 #if defined(Q_CC_GNU)
 #warning "Change Q_CHECK_PTR to '{if ((p)==0) qt_check_pointer(__FILE__,__LINE__);}'"
 #warning "No need for qt_check_pointer() to return a value - make it void!"
 #endif
 #endif
 bool qt_check_pointer( bool c, const char *n, int l )
 {
     if ( c )
 	qWarning( "In file %s, line %d: Out of memory", n, l );
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 
 static bool firstObsoleteWarning(const char *obj, const char *oldfunc )
 {
     static QAsciiDict<int> *obsoleteDict = 0;
     if ( !obsoleteDict ) {			// first time func is called
 	obsoleteDict = new QAsciiDict<int>;
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG)
 	qDebug(
       "You are using obsolete functions in the Qt library. Call the function\n"
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qgpluginmanager.cpp b/qmake/tools/qgpluginmanager.cpp
index 46c85f5..72246ac 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qgpluginmanager.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qgpluginmanager.cpp
@@ -1,38 +1,38 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of QGPluginManager class
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "qgpluginmanager_p.h"
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
 #include "qcomlibrary_p.h"
@@ -446,65 +446,65 @@ QStringList QGPluginManager::featureList() const
 
     return features;
 }
 
 bool QGPluginManager::addLibrary( QLibrary* lib )
 {
     if ( !enabled() || !lib )
 	return FALSE;
 
     QComLibrary* plugin = (QComLibrary*)lib;
     bool useful = FALSE;
 
     QUnknownInterface* iFace = 0;
     plugin->queryInterface( interfaceId, &iFace );
     if ( iFace ) {
 	QFeatureListInterface *fliFace = 0;
 	QComponentInformationInterface *cpiFace = 0;
 	iFace->queryInterface( IID_QFeatureList, (QUnknownInterface**)&fliFace );
 	if ( !fliFace )
 	    plugin->queryInterface( IID_QFeatureList, (QUnknownInterface**)&fliFace );
 	if ( !fliFace ) {
 	    iFace->queryInterface( IID_QComponentInformation, (QUnknownInterface**)&cpiFace );
 	    if ( !cpiFace )
 		plugin->queryInterface( IID_QComponentInformation, (QUnknownInterface**)&cpiFace );
 	}
 	QStringList fl;
 	if ( fliFace )
 	    // Map all found features to the library
 	    fl = fliFace->featureList();
 	else if ( cpiFace )
 	    fl << cpiFace->name();
 
-	for ( QStringList::Iterator f = fl.begin(); f != fl.end(); f++ ) {
+	for ( QStringList::Iterator f = fl.begin(); f != fl.end(); ++f ) {
 	    QLibrary *old = plugDict[*f];
 	    if ( !old ) {
 		useful = TRUE;
 		plugDict.replace( *f, plugin );
 	    } else {
 		// we have old *and* plugin, which one to pick?
 		QComLibrary* first = (QComLibrary*)old;
 		QComLibrary* second = (QComLibrary*)plugin;
 		bool takeFirst = TRUE;
 		if ( first->qtVersion() != QT_VERSION ) {
 		    if ( second->qtVersion() == QT_VERSION )
 			takeFirst = FALSE;
 		    else if ( second->qtVersion() < QT_VERSION &&
 			      first->qtVersion() > QT_VERSION )
 			takeFirst = FALSE;
 		}
 		if ( !takeFirst ) {
 		    useful = TRUE;
 		    plugDict.replace( *f, plugin );
 		    qWarning("%s: Discarding feature %s in %s!",
 			     (const char*) QFile::encodeName( plugin->library()),
 			     (*f).latin1(),
 			     (const char*) QFile::encodeName( old->library() ) );
 		} else {
 		    qWarning("%s: Feature %s already defined in %s!",
 			     (const char*) QFile::encodeName( old->library() ),
 			     (*f).latin1(),
 			     (const char*) QFile::encodeName( plugin->library() ) );
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 	if ( fliFace )
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qgvector.cpp b/qmake/tools/qgvector.cpp
index 1985f03..3c903ed 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qgvector.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qgvector.cpp
@@ -6,64 +6,70 @@
 ** Created : 930907
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#if defined(Q_CC_BOR)
+// needed for qsort() because of a std namespace problem on Borland
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+#endif
+
 #define	 QGVECTOR_CPP
 #include "qgvector.h"
 #include "qglist.h"
 #include "qstring.h"
 #include "qdatastream.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 #  include <private/qmutexpool_p.h>
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
 #define USE_MALLOC				// comment to use new/delete
 
 #undef NEW
 #undef DELETE
 
 #if defined(USE_MALLOC)
 #define NEW(type,size)	((type*)malloc(size*sizeof(type)))
 #define DELETE(array)	(free((char*)array))
 #else
 #define NEW(type,size)	(new type[size])
 #define DELETE(array)	(delete[] array)
 #define DONT_USE_REALLOC			// comment to use realloc()
 #endif
 
 /*!
   \class QGVector
   \reentrant
   \ingroup collection
 
   \brief The QGVector class is an internal class for implementing Qt
   collection classes.
@@ -364,65 +370,66 @@ static int cmp_vec( const void *n1, const void *n2 )
 #endif
 {
     return sort_vec->compareItems( *((QPtrCollection::Item*)n1), *((QPtrCollection::Item*)n2) );
 }
 
 #if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
 }
 #endif
 
 
 void QGVector::sort()				// sort vector
 {
     if ( count() == 0 )				// no elements
 	return;
     register Item *start = &vec[0];
     register Item *end	= &vec[len-1];
     Item tmp;
     for (;;) {				// put all zero elements behind
 	while ( start < end && *start != 0 )
 	    start++;
 	while ( end > start && *end == 0 )
 	    end--;
 	if ( start < end ) {
 	    tmp = *start;
 	    *start = *end;
 	    *end = tmp;
 	} else {
 	    break;
 	}
     }
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &sort_vec ) );
+    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			 qt_global_mutexpool->get( &sort_vec ) : 0 );
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
     sort_vec = (QGVector*)this;
     qsort( vec, count(), sizeof(Item), cmp_vec );
     sort_vec = 0;
 }
 
 int QGVector::bsearch( Item d ) const		// binary search; when sorted
 {
     if ( !len )
 	return -1;
     if ( !d ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
 	qWarning( "QGVector::bsearch: Cannot search for null object" );
 #endif
 	return -1;
     }
     int n1 = 0;
     int n2 = len - 1;
     int mid = 0;
     bool found = FALSE;
     while ( n1 <= n2 ) {
 	int  res;
 	mid = (n1 + n2)/2;
 	if ( vec[mid] == 0 )			// null item greater
 	    res = -1;
 	else
 	    res = ((QGVector*)this)->compareItems( d, vec[mid] );
 	if ( res < 0 )
 	    n2 = mid - 1;
 	else if ( res > 0 )
 	    n1 = mid + 1;
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qlibrary.cpp b/qmake/tools/qlibrary.cpp
index 564db30..be1d54b 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qlibrary.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qlibrary.cpp
@@ -1,40 +1,40 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of QLibrary class
 **
-** Created : 2000-01-01
+** Created : 000101
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "qplatformdefs.h"
 #include <private/qlibrary_p.h>
 
@@ -42,65 +42,65 @@
 
 // uncomment this to get error messages
 //#define QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT 1
 // uncomment this to get error and success messages
 //#define QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT 2
 
 #ifndef QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT
 # if defined(QT_DEBUG)
 #  define QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT 1
 # endif
 #endif
 
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT)
 #include <qfile.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_MAKEDLL)
 #define QT_NO_LIBRARY_UNLOAD
 #endif
 
 QLibraryPrivate::QLibraryPrivate( QLibrary *lib )
     : pHnd( 0 ), library( lib )
 {
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \class QLibrary qlibrary.h
     \reentrant
     \brief The QLibrary class provides a wrapper for handling shared libraries.
 
     \mainclass
-    \group plugins
+    \ingroup plugins
 
     An instance of a QLibrary object can handle a single shared
     library and provide access to the functionality in the library in
     a platform independent way. If the library is a component server,
     QLibrary provides access to the exported component and can
     directly query this component for interfaces.
 
     QLibrary ensures that the shared library is loaded and stays in
     memory whilst it is in use. QLibrary can also unload the library
     on destruction and release unused resources.
 
     A typical use of QLibrary is to resolve an exported symbol in a
     shared object, and to call the function that this symbol
     represents. This is called "explicit linking" in contrast to
     "implicit linking", which is done by the link step in the build
     process when linking an executable against a library.
 
     The following code snippet loads a library, resolves the symbol
     "mysymbol", and calls the function if everything succeeded. If
     something went wrong, e.g. the library file does not exist or the
     symbol is not defined, the function pointer will be 0 and won't be
     called. When the QLibrary object is destroyed the library will be
     unloaded, making all references to memory allocated in the library
     invalid.
 
     \code
     typedef void (*MyPrototype)();
     MyPrototype myFunction;
 
     QLibrary myLib( "mylib" );
     myFunction = (MyProtoype) myLib.resolve( "mysymbol" );
     if ( myFunction ) {
@@ -297,47 +297,48 @@ bool QLibrary::autoUnload() const
     \sa autoUnload()
 */
 void QLibrary::setAutoUnload( bool enabled )
 {
     aunload = enabled;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the filename of the shared library this QLibrary object
     handles, including the platform specific file extension.
 
     For example:
     \code
     QLibrary lib( "mylib" );
     QString str = lib.library();
     \endcode
     will set \e str to "mylib.dll" on Windows, and "libmylib.so" on Linux.
 */
 QString QLibrary::library() const
 {
     if ( libfile.isEmpty() )
 	return libfile;
 
     QString filename = libfile;
 
 #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
     if ( filename.findRev( '.' ) <= filename.findRev( '/' ) )
 	filename += ".dll";
 #elif defined(Q_OS_MACX)
     if ( filename.find( ".dylib" ) == -1 )
 	filename += ".dylib";
 #else
-    if ( filename.find( ".so" ) == -1 ) {
+    QString filter = ".so";
+    if ( filename.find(filter) == -1 ) {
 	const int x = filename.findRev( "/" );
 	if ( x != -1 ) {
 	    QString path = filename.left( x + 1 );
 	    QString file = filename.right( filename.length() - x - 1 );
-	    filename = QString( "%1lib%2.so" ).arg( path ).arg( file );
+	    filename = QString( "%1lib%2.%3" ).arg( path ).arg( file ).arg( filter );
 	} else {
-	    filename = QString( "lib%1.so" ).arg( filename );
+	    filename = QString( "lib%1.%2" ).arg( filename ).arg( filter );
 	}
     }
 #endif
 
     return filename;
 }
 #endif //QT_NO_LIBRARY
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qlibrary_unix.cpp b/qmake/tools/qlibrary_unix.cpp
index f0fbdf6..12b9310 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qlibrary_unix.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qlibrary_unix.cpp
@@ -1,88 +1,105 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of QLibraryPrivate class
 **
-** Created : 2000-01-01
+** Created : 000101
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "qplatformdefs.h"
 #include "private/qlibrary_p.h"
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
 
 #if defined(QT_AOUT_UNDERSCORE)
 #include <string.h>
 #endif
 
 /*
   The platform dependent implementations of
   - loadLibrary
   - freeLibrary
   - resolveSymbol
 
   It's not too hard to guess what the functions do.
 */
 
-#if defined(QT_HPUX_LD) // for HP-UX < 11.x and 32 bit
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+
+bool QLibraryPrivate::loadLibrary()
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool QLibraryPrivate::freeLibrary()
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void* QLibraryPrivate::resolveSymbol( const char* )
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#elif defined(QT_HPUX_LD) // for HP-UX < 11.x and 32 bit
 
 bool QLibraryPrivate::loadLibrary()
 {
     if ( pHnd )
 	return TRUE;
 
     QString filename = library->library();
 
     pHnd = (void*)shl_load( filename.latin1(), BIND_DEFERRED | BIND_NONFATAL | DYNAMIC_PATH, 0 );
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG) || defined(QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT)
     if ( !pHnd )
 	qWarning( "%s: failed to load library!", filename.latin1() );
 #endif
     return pHnd != 0;
 }
 
 bool QLibraryPrivate::freeLibrary()
 {
     if ( !pHnd )
 	return TRUE;
 
     if ( shl_unload( (shl_t)pHnd ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG) || defined(QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT)
 	QString filename = library->library();
 	qWarning( "%s: Failed to unload library!", filename.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
     pHnd = 0;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qmutex_unix.cpp b/qmake/tools/qmutex_unix.cpp
index c861b2d..3eb59cf 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qmutex_unix.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qmutex_unix.cpp
@@ -14,66 +14,67 @@
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #if defined(QT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
 
 #include "qplatformdefs.h"
 
 typedef pthread_mutex_t     Q_MUTEX_T;
 
 // POSIX threads mutex types
 #if ((defined(PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) && defined(PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT)) || \
-     defined(Q_OS_FREEBSD)) && !defined(Q_OS_UNIXWARE) && !defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS)
-    // POSIX 1003.1c-1995 - We love this OS
+     defined(Q_OS_FREEBSD)) && !defined(Q_OS_UNIXWARE) && !defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS) && \
+    !defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+// POSIX 1003.1c-1995 - We love this OS
 #  define Q_MUTEX_SET_TYPE(a, b) pthread_mutexattr_settype((a), (b))
 #  if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
 #    define Q_NORMAL_MUTEX_TYPE PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK
 #  else
 #    define Q_NORMAL_MUTEX_TYPE PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT
 #  endif
 #  define Q_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_TYPE PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
 #elif defined(MUTEX_NONRECURSIVE_NP) && defined(MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP)
 // POSIX 1003.4a pthreads draft extensions
 #  define Q_MUTEX_SET_TYPE(a, b) pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np((a), (b));
 #  define Q_NORMAL_MUTEX_TYPE MUTEX_NONRECURSIVE_NP
 #  define Q_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_TYPE MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP
 #else
 // Unknown mutex types - skip them
 #  define Q_MUTEX_SET_TYPE(a, b)
 #  undef  Q_NORMAL_MUTEX_TYPE
 #  undef  Q_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_TYPE
 #endif
 
 #include "qmutex.h"
 #include "qmutex_p.h"
 
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 
 // Private class declarations
 
 class QRealMutexPrivate : public QMutexPrivate {
 public:
     QRealMutexPrivate(bool = FALSE);
 
@@ -632,56 +633,57 @@ bool QMutex::tryLock()
     private:
 	QMutexLocker locker;
 
     public:
 	SignalWaiter( QMutex *mutex )
 	    : locker( mutex )
 	{
 	}
 
 	void waitForSignal()
 	{
 	    ...
 	    ...
 	    ...
 
 	    while ( ! signalled )
 		waitcondition.wait( locker.mutex() );
 
 	    ...
 	    ...
 	    ...
 	}
     };
     \endcode
 
     \sa QMutex, QWaitCondition
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn QMutexLocker::QMutexLocker( QMutex *mutex )
 
     Constructs a QMutexLocker and locks \a mutex. The mutex will be
-    unlocked when the QMutexLocker is destroyed.
+    unlocked when the QMutexLocker is destroyed. If \a mutex is zero,
+    QMutexLocker does nothing.
 
     \sa QMutex::lock()
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn QMutexLocker::~QMutexLocker()
 
     Destroys the QMutexLocker and unlocks the mutex which was locked
     in the constructor.
 
     \sa QMutexLocker::QMutexLocker(), QMutex::unlock()
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn QMutex *QMutexLocker::mutex() const
 
     Returns a pointer to the mutex which was locked in the
     constructor.
 
     \sa QMutexLocker::QMutexLocker()
 */
 
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qmutexpool.cpp b/qmake/tools/qmutexpool.cpp
index 9ed2829..a8e7402 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qmutexpool.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qmutexpool.cpp
@@ -1,130 +1,152 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+** $Id$
+**
+** ...
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
+** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
+** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
+**
+** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
+** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
+** Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
+**   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
+**
+** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
+** not clear to you.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
 #include "qmutexpool_p.h"
 
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
 
 #include <qthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
 
 QMutexPool *qt_global_mutexpool = 0;
 
-// this is an internal class used only for inititalizing the global mutexpool
-class QGlobalMutexPoolInitializer
-{
-public:
-    inline QGlobalMutexPoolInitializer()
-    {
-	/*
-	  Purify will report a leak here. However, this mutex pool must be alive
-	  until *everything* in Qt has been destructed. Unfortunately there is
-	  no way to guarantee this, so we never destroy this mutex pool.
-	*/
-	qt_global_mutexpool = new QMutexPool( TRUE );
-    }
-};
-QGlobalMutexPoolInitializer qt_global_mutexpool_initializer;
 
 /*!
     \class QMutexPool qmutexpool_p.h
     \brief The QMutexPool class provides a pool of QMutex objects.
 
     \internal
 
     \ingroup thread
 
     QMutexPool is a convenience class that provides access to a fixed
     number of QMutex objects.
 
     Typical use of a QMutexPool is in situations where it is not
     possible or feasible to use one QMutex for every protected object.
     The mutex pool will return a mutex based on the address of the
     object that needs protection.
 
     For example, consider this simple class:
 
     \code
     class Number {
     public:
 	Number( double n ) : num ( n ) { }
 
 	void setNumber( double n ) { num = n; }
 	double number() const { return num; }
 
     private:
 	double num;
     };
     \endcode
 
     Adding a QMutex member to the Number class does not make sense,
     because it is so small. However, in order to ensure that access to
     each Number is protected, you need to use a mutex. In this case, a
     QMutexPool would be ideal.
 
     Code to calculate the square of a number would then look something
     like this:
 
     \code
     void calcSquare( Number *num )
     {
 	QMutexLocker locker( mutexpool.get( num ) );
 	num.setNumber( num.number() * num.number() );
     }
     \endcode
 
     This function will safely calculate the square of a number, since
     it uses a mutex from a QMutexPool. The mutex is locked and
     unlocked automatically by the QMutexLocker class. See the
     QMutexLocker documentation for more details.
 */
 
 /*!
     Constructs  a QMutexPool, reserving space for \a size QMutexes. If
     \a recursive is TRUE, all QMutexes in the pool will be recursive
     mutexes; otherwise they will all be non-recursive (the default).
 
     The QMutexes are created when needed, and deleted when the
     QMutexPool is destructed.
 */
 QMutexPool::QMutexPool( bool recursive, int size )
-    : mutex( FALSE ), mutexes( size ), recurs( recursive )
+    : mutex( FALSE ), count( size ), recurs( recursive )
 {
-    mutexes.fill( 0 );
+    mutexes = new QMutex*[count];
+    for ( int index = 0; index < count; ++index ) {
+	mutexes[index] = 0;
+    }
 }
 
 /*!
     Destructs a QMutexPool. All QMutexes that were created by the pool
     are deleted.
 */
 QMutexPool::~QMutexPool()
 {
     QMutexLocker locker( &mutex );
-    QMutex **d = mutexes.data();
-    for ( int index = 0; (uint) index < mutexes.size(); index++ ) {
-	delete d[index];
-	d[index] = 0;
+    for ( int index = 0; index < count; ++index ) {
+	delete mutexes[index];
+	mutexes[index] = 0;
     }
+    delete [] mutexes;
+    mutexes = 0;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns a QMutex from the pool. QMutexPool uses the value \a
     address to determine which mutex is retured from the pool.
 */
 QMutex *QMutexPool::get( void *address )
 {
-    QMutex **d = mutexes.data();
-    int index = (int)( (ulong) address % mutexes.size() );
+    int index = (int) ( (unsigned long) address % count );
 
-    if ( ! d[index] ) {
+    if ( ! mutexes[index] ) {
 	// mutex not created, create one
 
 	QMutexLocker locker( &mutex );
 	// we need to check once again that the mutex hasn't been created, since
 	// 2 threads could be trying to create a mutex as the same index...
-	if ( ! d[index] ) {
-	    d[index] = new QMutex( recurs );
+	if ( ! mutexes[index] ) {
+	    mutexes[index] = new QMutex( recurs );
 	}
     }
 
-    return d[index];
+    return mutexes[index];
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qregexp.cpp b/qmake/tools/qregexp.cpp
index 500efed..0c1f060 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qregexp.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qregexp.cpp
@@ -234,73 +234,73 @@
     \section1 Characters and Abbreviations for Sets of Characters
 
     \table
     \header \i Element \i Meaning
     \row \i <b>c</b>
 	 \i Any character represents itself unless it has a special
 	 regexp meaning. Thus <b>c</b> matches the character \e c.
     \row \i <b>\\c</b>
 	 \i A character that follows a backslash matches the character
 	 itself except where mentioned below. For example if you
 	 wished to match a literal caret at the beginning of a string
 	 you would write <b>\^</b>.
     \row \i <b>\\a</b>
 	 \i This matches the ASCII bell character (BEL, 0x07).
     \row \i <b>\\f</b>
 	 \i This matches the ASCII form feed character (FF, 0x0C).
     \row \i <b>\\n</b>
 	 \i This matches the ASCII line feed character (LF, 0x0A, Unix newline).
     \row \i <b>\\r</b>
 	 \i This matches the ASCII carriage return character (CR, 0x0D).
     \row \i <b>\\t</b>
 	 \i This matches the ASCII horizontal tab character (HT, 0x09).
     \row \i <b>\\v</b>
 	 \i This matches the ASCII vertical tab character (VT, 0x0B).
     \row \i <b>\\xhhhh</b>
 	 \i This matches the Unicode character corresponding to the
 	 hexadecimal number hhhh (between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF). \0ooo
 	 (i.e., \zero ooo) matches the ASCII/Latin-1 character
 	 corresponding to the octal number ooo (between 0 and 0377).
     \row \i <b>. (dot)</b>
 	 \i This matches any character (including newline).
     \row \i <b>\\d</b>
-	 \i This matches a digit (see QChar::isDigit()).
+	 \i This matches a digit (QChar::isDigit()).
     \row \i <b>\\D</b>
 	 \i This matches a non-digit.
     \row \i <b>\\s</b>
-	 \i This matches a whitespace (see QChar::isSpace()).
+	 \i This matches a whitespace (QChar::isSpace()).
     \row \i <b>\\S</b>
 	 \i This matches a non-whitespace.
     \row \i <b>\\w</b>
-	 \i This matches a word character (see QChar::isLetterOrNumber()).
+	 \i This matches a word character (QChar::isLetterOrNumber() or '_').
     \row \i <b>\\W</b>
 	 \i This matches a non-word character.
     \row \i <b>\\n</b>
 	 \i The n-th \link #capturing-text backreference \endlink,
 	 e.g. \1, \2, etc.
     \endtable
 
     \e {Note that the C++ compiler transforms backslashes in strings
     so to include a <b>\\</b> in a regexp you will need to enter it
     twice, i.e. <b>\\\\</b>.}
 
     \target sets-of-characters
     \section1 Sets of Characters
 
     Square brackets are used to match any character in the set of
     characters contained within the square brackets. All the character
     set abbreviations described above can be used within square
     brackets. Apart from the character set abbreviations and the
     following two exceptions no characters have special meanings in
     square brackets.
 
     \table
     \row \i <b>^</b>
 	 \i The caret negates the character set if it occurs as the
 	 first character, i.e. immediately after the opening square
 	 bracket. For example, <b>[abc]</b> matches 'a' or 'b' or 'c',
 	 but <b>[^abc]</b> matches anything \e except 'a' or 'b' or
 	 'c'.
     \row \i <b>-</b>
 	 \i The dash is used to indicate a range of characters, for
 	 example <b>[W-Z]</b> matches 'W' or 'X' or 'Y' or 'Z'.
     \endtable
@@ -518,65 +518,72 @@
     Non-greedy matching cannot be applied to individual quantifiers,
     but can be applied to all the quantifiers in the pattern. For
     example, to match the Perl regexp <b>ro+?m</b> requires:
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "ro+m" );
     rx.setMinimal( TRUE );
     \endcode
 
     The equivalent of Perl's \c{/i} option is
     setCaseSensitive(FALSE).
 
     Perl's \c{/g} option can be emulated using a \link
     #cap_in_a_loop loop \endlink.
 
     In QRegExp <b>.</b> matches any character, therefore all QRegExp
     regexps have the equivalent of Perl's \c{/s} option. QRegExp
     does not have an equivalent to Perl's \c{/m} option, but this
     can be emulated in various ways for example by splitting the input
     into lines or by looping with a regexp that searches for newlines.
 
     Because QRegExp is string oriented there are no \A, \Z or \z
     assertions. The \G assertion is not supported but can be emulated
     in a loop.
 
     Perl's $& is cap(0) or capturedTexts()[0]. There are no QRegExp
     equivalents for $`, $' or $+. Perl's capturing variables, $1, $2,
     ... correspond to cap(1) or capturedTexts()[1], cap(2) or
     capturedTexts()[2], etc.
 
     To substitute a pattern use QString::replace().
 
     Perl's extended \c{/x} syntax is not supported, nor are
-    regexp comments (?#comment) or directives, e.g. (?i).
+    directives, e.g. (?i), or regexp comments, e.g. (?#comment). On
+    the other hand, C++'s rules for literal strings can be used to
+    achieve the same:
+    \code
+    QRegExp mark( "\\b" // word boundary
+		  "[Mm]ark" // the word we want to match
+		);
+    \endcode
 
     Both zero-width positive and zero-width negative lookahead
     assertions (?=pattern) and (?!pattern) are supported with the same
     syntax as Perl. Perl's lookbehind assertions, "independent"
     subexpressions and conditional expressions are not supported.
 
     Non-capturing parentheses are also supported, with the same
     (?:pattern) syntax.
 
     See QStringList::split() and QStringList::join() for equivalents
     to Perl's split and join functions.
 
     Note: because C++ transforms \\'s they must be written \e twice in
     code, e.g. <b>\\b</b> must be written <b>\\\\b</b>.
 
     \target code-examples
     \section1 Code Examples
 
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "^\\d\\d?$" );  // match integers 0 to 99
     rx.search( "123" );         // returns -1 (no match)
     rx.search( "-6" );          // returns -1 (no match)
     rx.search( "6" );           // returns 0 (matched as position 0)
     \endcode
 
     The third string matches '<u>6</u>'. This is a simple validation
     regexp for integers in the range 0 to 99.
 
     \code
     QRegExp rx( "^\\S+$" );     // match strings without whitespace
     rx.search( "Hello world" ); // returns -1 (no match)
     rx.search( "This_is-OK" );  // returns 0 (matched at position 0)
@@ -648,102 +655,107 @@
 
     One common use of regexps is to split lines of delimited data into
     their component fields.
 
     \code
     str = "Trolltech AS\twww.trolltech.com\tNorway";
     QString company, web, country;
     rx.setPattern( "^([^\t]+)\t([^\t]+)\t([^\t]+)$" );
     if ( rx.search( str ) != -1 ) {
 	company = rx.cap( 1 );
 	web = rx.cap( 2 );
 	country = rx.cap( 3 );
     }
     \endcode
 
     In this example our input lines have the format company name, web
     address and country. Unfortunately the regexp is rather long and
     not very versatile -- the code will break if we add any more
     fields. A simpler and better solution is to look for the
     separator, '\t' in this case, and take the surrounding text. The
     QStringList split() function can take a separator string or regexp
     as an argument and split a string accordingly.
 
     \code
     QStringList field = QStringList::split( "\t", str );
     \endcode
 
     Here field[0] is the company, field[1] the web address and so on.
 
     To imitate the matching of a shell we can use wildcard mode.
 
     \code
-    QRegExp rx( "*.html" );     // invalid regexp: * doesn't quantify anything
-    rx.setWildcard( TRUE );     // now it's a valid wildcard regexp
-    rx.search( "index.html" );  // returns 0 (matched at position 0)
-    rx.search( "default.htm" ); // returns -1 (no match)
-    rx.search( "readme.txt" );  // returns -1 (no match)
+    QRegExp rx( "*.html" );         // invalid regexp: * doesn't quantify anything
+    rx.setWildcard( TRUE );         // now it's a valid wildcard regexp
+    rx.exactMatch( "index.html" );  // returns TRUE
+    rx.exactMatch( "default.htm" ); // returns FALSE
+    rx.exactMatch( "readme.txt" );  // returns FALSE
     \endcode
 
     Wildcard matching can be convenient because of its simplicity, but
     any wildcard regexp can be defined using full regexps, e.g.
     <b>.*\.html$</b>. Notice that we can't match both \c .html and \c
     .htm files with a wildcard unless we use <b>*.htm*</b> which will
     also match 'test.html.bak'. A full regexp gives us the precision
     we need, <b>.*\\.html?$</b>.
 
     QRegExp can match case insensitively using setCaseSensitive(), and
     can use non-greedy matching, see setMinimal(). By default QRegExp
     uses full regexps but this can be changed with setWildcard().
     Searching can be forward with search() or backward with
     searchRev(). Captured text can be accessed using capturedTexts()
     which returns a string list of all captured strings, or using
     cap() which returns the captured string for the given index. The
     pos() function takes a match index and returns the position in the
     string where the match was made (or -1 if there was no match).
 
     \sa QRegExpValidator QString QStringList
 
     \target member-function-documentation
 */
 
 const int NumBadChars = 64;
 #define BadChar( ch ) ( (ch).unicode() % NumBadChars )
 
 const int NoOccurrence = INT_MAX;
 const int EmptyCapture = INT_MAX;
 const int InftyLen = INT_MAX;
 const int InftyRep = 1025;
 const int EOS = -1;
 
+static bool isWord( QChar ch )
+{
+    return ch.isLetterOrNumber() || ch == QChar( '_' );
+}
+
 /*
   Merges two QMemArrays of ints and puts the result into the first one.
 */
 static void mergeInto( QMemArray<int> *a, const QMemArray<int>& b )
 {
     int asize = a->size();
     int bsize = b.size();
     if ( asize == 0 ) {
 	*a = b.copy();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     } else if ( bsize == 1 && (*a)[asize - 1] < b[0] ) {
 	a->resize( asize + 1 );
 	(*a)[asize] = b[0];
 #endif
     } else if ( bsize >= 1 ) {
 	int csize = asize + bsize;
 	QMemArray<int> c( csize );
 	int i = 0, j = 0, k = 0;
 	while ( i < asize ) {
 	    if ( j < bsize ) {
 		if ( (*a)[i] == b[j] ) {
 		    i++;
 		    csize--;
 		} else if ( (*a)[i] < b[j] ) {
 		    c[k++] = (*a)[i++];
 		} else {
 		    c[k++] = b[j++];
 		}
 	    } else {
 		memcpy( c.data() + k, (*a).data() + i,
 			(asize - i) * sizeof(int) );
 		break;
@@ -1651,67 +1663,67 @@ bool QRegExpEngine::isBetterCapture( const int *begin1, const int *end1,
     return FALSE;
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
   Returns TRUE if anchor a matches at position mmPos + i in the input
   string, otherwise FALSE.
 */
 bool QRegExpEngine::testAnchor( int i, int a, const int *capBegin )
 {
     int j;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ANCHOR_ALT
     if ( (a & Anchor_Alternation) != 0 ) {
 	return testAnchor( i, aa[a ^ Anchor_Alternation].a, capBegin ) ||
 	       testAnchor( i, aa[a ^ Anchor_Alternation].b, capBegin );
     }
 #endif
 
     if ( (a & Anchor_Caret) != 0 ) {
 	if ( mmPos + i != mmCaretPos )
 	    return FALSE;
     }
     if ( (a & Anchor_Dollar) != 0 ) {
 	if ( mmPos + i != mmLen )
 	    return FALSE;
     }
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     if ( (a & (Anchor_Word | Anchor_NonWord)) != 0 ) {
 	bool before = FALSE;
 	bool after = FALSE;
 	if ( mmPos + i != 0 )
-	    before = mmIn[mmPos + i - 1].isLetterOrNumber();
+	    before = isWord( mmIn[mmPos + i - 1] );
 	if ( mmPos + i != mmLen )
-	    after = mmIn[mmPos + i].isLetterOrNumber();
+	    after = isWord( mmIn[mmPos + i] );
 	if ( (a & Anchor_Word) != 0 && (before == after) )
 	    return FALSE;
 	if ( (a & Anchor_NonWord) != 0 && (before != after) )
 	    return FALSE;
     }
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_LOOKAHEAD
     bool catchx = TRUE;
 
     if ( (a & Anchor_LookaheadMask) != 0 ) {
 	QConstString cstr = QConstString( (QChar *) mmIn + mmPos + i,
 					   mmLen - mmPos - i );
 	for ( j = 0; j < (int) ahead.size(); j++ ) {
 	    if ( (a & (Anchor_FirstLookahead << j)) != 0 ) {
 		catchx = ahead[j]->eng->match( cstr.string(), 0, TRUE, TRUE,
 					       mmCaretPos - mmPos - i )[0] == 0;
 		if ( catchx == ahead[j]->neg )
 		    return FALSE;
 	    }
 	}
     }
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
     for ( j = 0; j < nbrefs; j++ ) {
 	if ( (a & (Anchor_BackRef1Empty << j)) != 0 ) {
 	    if ( capBegin[j] != EmptyCapture )
 		return FALSE;
 	}
     }
 #endif
 #endif
@@ -2603,84 +2615,92 @@ int QRegExpEngine::getEscape()
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case '0':
 	val = 0;
 	for ( i = 0; i < 3; i++ ) {
 	    if ( yyCh >= '0' && yyCh <= '7' )
 		val = ( val << 3 ) | ( yyCh - '0' );
 	    else
 		break;
 	    yyCh = getChar();
 	}
 	if ( (val & ~0377) != 0 )
 	    error( RXERR_OCTAL );
 	return Tok_Char | val;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case 'B':
 	return Tok_NonWord;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     case 'D':
 	// see QChar::isDigit()
 	yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x7fffffef );
 	return Tok_CharClass;
     case 'S':
 	// see QChar::isSpace()
 	yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x7ffff87f );
 	yyCharClass->addRange( 0x0000, 0x0008 );
 	yyCharClass->addRange( 0x000e, 0x001f );
 	yyCharClass->addRange( 0x007f, 0x009f );
 	return Tok_CharClass;
     case 'W':
 	// see QChar::isLetterOrNumber()
-	yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x7ff07f8f );
+	yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x7fe07f8f );
+	yyCharClass->addRange( 0x203f, 0x2040 );
+	yyCharClass->addSingleton( 0x2040 );
+	yyCharClass->addSingleton( 0x30fb );
+	yyCharClass->addRange( 0xfe33, 0xfe34 );
+	yyCharClass->addRange( 0xfe4d, 0xfe4f );
+	yyCharClass->addSingleton( 0xff3f );
+	yyCharClass->addSingleton( 0xff65 );
 	return Tok_CharClass;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case 'b':
 	return Tok_Word;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CCLASS
     case 'd':
 	// see QChar::isDigit()
 	yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x00000010 );
 	return Tok_CharClass;
     case 's':
 	// see QChar::isSpace()
 	yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x00000380 );
 	yyCharClass->addRange( 0x0009, 0x000d );
 	return Tok_CharClass;
     case 'w':
 	// see QChar::isLetterOrNumber()
 	yyCharClass->addCategories( 0x000f8070 );
+	yyCharClass->addSingleton( 0x005f ); // '_'
 	return Tok_CharClass;
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_ESCAPE
     case 'x':
 	val = 0;
 	for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) {
 	    low = QChar( yyCh ).lower();
 	    if ( low >= '0' && low <= '9' )
 		val = ( val << 4 ) | ( low - '0' );
 	    else if ( low >= 'a' && low <= 'f' )
 		val = ( val << 4 ) | ( low - 'a' + 10 );
 	    else
 		break;
 	    yyCh = getChar();
 	}
 	return Tok_Char | val;
 #endif
     default:
 	if ( prevCh >= '1' && prevCh <= '9' ) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_BACKREF
 	    val = prevCh - '0';
 	    while ( yyCh >= '0' && yyCh <= '9' ) {
 		val = ( val *= 10 ) | ( yyCh - '0' );
 		yyCh = getChar();
 	    }
 	    return Tok_BackRef | val;
 #else
 	    error( RXERR_DISABLED );
 #endif
 	}
 	return Tok_Char | prevCh;
     }
@@ -3154,85 +3174,87 @@ void QRegExpEngine::parseExpression( Box *box )
   The struct QRegExpPrivate contains the private data of a regular
   expression other than the automaton. It makes it possible for many
   QRegExp objects to use the same QRegExpEngine object with different
   QRegExpPrivate objects.
 */
 struct QRegExpPrivate
 {
     QString pattern; // regular-expression or wildcard pattern
     QString rxpattern; // regular-expression pattern
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_WILDCARD
     bool wc; // wildcard mode?
 #endif
     bool min; // minimal matching? (instead of maximal)
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     QString t; // last string passed to QRegExp::search() or searchRev()
     QStringList capturedCache; // what QRegExp::capturedTexts() returned last
 #endif
     QMemArray<int> captured; // what QRegExpEngine::search() returned last
 
     QRegExpPrivate() { captured.fill( -1, 2 ); }
 };
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 static QCache<QRegExpEngine> *engineCache = 0;
 static QSingleCleanupHandler<QCache<QRegExpEngine> > cleanup_cache;
 #endif
 
 static QRegExpEngine *newEngine( const QString& pattern, bool caseSensitive )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
     if ( engineCache != 0 ) {
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &engineCache ) );
+	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			     qt_global_mutexpool->get( &engineCache ) : 0 );
 #endif
 	QRegExpEngine *eng = engineCache->take( pattern );
 	if ( eng == 0 || eng->caseSensitive() != caseSensitive ) {
 	    delete eng;
 	} else {
 	    eng->ref();
 	    return eng;
 	}
     }
 #endif
     return new QRegExpEngine( pattern, caseSensitive );
 }
 
 static void derefEngine( QRegExpEngine *eng, const QString& pattern )
 {
-    if ( eng != 0 && eng->deref() ) {
-#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 #ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool->get( &engineCache ) );
+    QMutexLocker locker( qt_global_mutexpool ?
+			 qt_global_mutexpool->get( &engineCache ) : 0 );
 #endif
+    if ( eng != 0 && eng->deref() ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_OPTIM
 	if ( engineCache == 0 ) {
 	    engineCache = new QCache<QRegExpEngine>;
 	    engineCache->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
 	    cleanup_cache.set( &engineCache );
 	}
 	if ( !pattern.isNull() &&
 	     engineCache->insert(pattern, eng, 4 + pattern.length() / 4) )
 	    return;
 #else
 	Q_UNUSED( pattern );
 #endif
 	delete eng;
     }
 }
 
 /*!
     \enum QRegExp::CaretMode
 
     The CaretMode enum defines the different meanings of the caret
     (<b>^</b>) in a regular expression. The possible values are:
 
     \value CaretAtZero
 	   The caret corresponds to index 0 in the searched string.
 
     \value CaretAtOffset
 	   The caret corresponds to the start offset of the search.
 
     \value CaretWontMatch
 	   The caret never matches.
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -3536,194 +3558,180 @@ bool QRegExp::exactMatch( const QString& str ) const
 	priv->captured[1] = eng->matchedLength();
 	return FALSE;
     }
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMPAT
 /*! \obsolete
 
   Attempts to match in \a str, starting from position \a index.
   Returns the position of the match, or -1 if there was no match.
 
   The length of the match is stored in \a *len, unless \a len is a
   null pointer.
 
   If \a indexIsStart is TRUE (the default), the position \a index in
   the string will match the start of string anchor, <b>^</b>, in the
   regexp, if present. Otherwise, position 0 in \a str will match.
 
   Use search() and matchedLength() instead of this function.
 
   \sa QString::mid() QConstString
 */
 int QRegExp::match( const QString& str, int index, int *len,
 		    bool indexIsStart ) const
 {
     int pos = search( str, index, indexIsStart ? CaretAtOffset : CaretAtZero );
     if ( len != 0 )
 	*len = matchedLength();
     return pos;
 }
 #endif // QT_NO_COMPAT
 
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    This convenience function searches with a \c CaretMode of \c
-    CaretAtZero which is the most common usage.
-*/
-
 int QRegExp::search( const QString& str, int offset ) const
 {
     return search( str, offset, CaretAtZero );
 }
 
 /*!
     Attempts to find a match in \a str from position \a offset (0 by
     default). If \a offset is -1, the search starts at the last
     character; if -2, at the next to last character; etc.
 
     Returns the position of the first match, or -1 if there was no
     match.
 
     The \a caretMode parameter can be used to instruct whether <b>^</b>
     should match at index 0 or at \a offset.
 
     You might prefer to use QString::find(), QString::contains() or
     even QStringList::grep(). To replace matches use
     QString::replace().
 
     Example:
     \code
 	QString str = "offsets: 1.23 .50 71.00 6.00";
 	QRegExp rx( "\\d*\\.\\d+" );    // primitive floating point matching
 	int count = 0;
 	int pos = 0;
 	while ( (pos = rx.search(str, pos)) != -1 ) {
 	    count++;
 	    pos += rx.matchedLength();
 	}
 	// pos will be 9, 14, 18 and finally 24; count will end up as 4
     \endcode
 
     Although const, this function sets matchedLength(),
     capturedTexts() and pos().
 
     \sa searchRev() exactMatch()
 */
 
 int QRegExp::search( const QString& str, int offset, CaretMode caretMode ) const
 {
     if ( offset < 0 )
 	offset += str.length();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     priv->t = str;
     priv->capturedCache.clear();
 #endif
     priv->captured = eng->match( str, offset, priv->min, FALSE,
 				 caretIndex(offset, caretMode) );
     return priv->captured[0];
 }
 
 
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    This convenience function searches with a \c CaretMode of \c
-    CaretAtZero which is the most common usage.
-*/
-
 int QRegExp::searchRev( const QString& str, int offset ) const
 {
     return searchRev( str, offset, CaretAtZero );
 }
 
 /*!
     Attempts to find a match backwards in \a str from position \a
     offset. If \a offset is -1 (the default), the search starts at the
     last character; if -2, at the next to last character; etc.
 
     Returns the position of the first match, or -1 if there was no
     match.
 
     The \a caretMode parameter can be used to instruct whether <b>^</b>
     should match at index 0 or at \a offset.
 
     Although const, this function sets matchedLength(),
     capturedTexts() and pos().
 
     \warning Searching backwards is much slower than searching
     forwards.
 
     \sa search() exactMatch()
 */
 
 int QRegExp::searchRev( const QString& str, int offset,
 			CaretMode caretMode ) const
 {
     if ( offset < 0 )
 	offset += str.length();
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
     priv->t = str;
     priv->capturedCache.clear();
 #endif
     if ( offset < 0 || offset > (int) str.length() ) {
 	priv->captured.detach();
 	priv->captured.fill( -1 );
 	return -1;
     }
 
     while ( offset >= 0 ) {
 	priv->captured = eng->match( str, offset, priv->min, TRUE,
 				     caretIndex(offset, caretMode) );
 	if ( priv->captured[0] == offset )
 	    return offset;
 	offset--;
     }
     return -1;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the length of the last matched string, or -1 if there was
     no match.
 
     \sa exactMatch() search() searchRev()
 */
 int QRegExp::matchedLength() const
 {
     return priv->captured[1];
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
-/*! 
+/*!
   Returns the number of captures contained in the regular expression.
  */
 int QRegExp::numCaptures() const
 {
     return eng->numCaptures();
 }
 
 
 
 /*!
     Returns a list of the captured text strings.
 
     The first string in the list is the entire matched string. Each
     subsequent list element contains a string that matched a
     (capturing) subexpression of the regexp.
 
     For example:
     \code
 	QRegExp rx( "(\\d+)(\\s*)(cm|inch(es)?)" );
 	int pos = rx.search( "Length: 36 inches" );
 	QStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
 	// list is now ( "36 inches", "36", " ", "inches", "es" )
     \endcode
 
     The above example also captures elements that may be present but
     which we have no interest in. This problem can be solved by using
     non-capturing parentheses:
 
     \code
 	QRegExp rx( "(\\d+)(?:\\s*)(cm|inch(?:es)?)" );
 	int pos = rx.search( "Length: 36 inches" );
 	QStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qsemaphore_unix.cpp b/qmake/tools/qsemaphore_unix.cpp
index fcf28da..4516049 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qsemaphore_unix.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qsemaphore_unix.cpp
@@ -154,102 +154,100 @@ int QSemaphore::operator++(int)
 
     Release access of the semaphore. This wakes all threads waiting
     for access to the semaphore.
 */
 int QSemaphore::operator--(int)
 {
     int ret;
 
     d->mutex.lock();
 
     --(d->value);
     if (d->value < 0) d->value = 0;
     ret = d->value;
 
     d->cond.wakeAll();
     d->mutex.unlock();
 
     return ret;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Try to get access to the semaphore. If \l available() \< \a n, this
     call will block until it can get all the accesses it wants, i.e.
     until available() \>= \a n.
 */
 int QSemaphore::operator+=(int n)
 {
     int ret;
 
     d->mutex.lock();
 
+    if ( n < 0 || n > d->max ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "QSemaphore::operator+=: paramter %d out of range", n );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	n = n < 0 ? 0 : d->max;
+    }
+
     while (d->value + n > d->max)
 	d->cond.wait(&(d->mutex));
 
     d->value += n;
-
-#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
-    if (d->value > d->max) {
-	qWarning("QSemaphore::operator+=: attempt to allocate more resources than available");
-	d->value = d->max;
-    }
-#endif
-
     ret = d->value;
 
     d->mutex.unlock();
 
     return ret;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Release \a n accesses to the semaphore.
 */
 int QSemaphore::operator-=(int n)
 {
     int ret;
 
     d->mutex.lock();
 
-    d->value -= n;
-
+    if ( n < 0 || n > d->value ) {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
-    if (d->value < 0) {
-	qWarning("QSemaphore::operator-=: attempt to deallocate more resources than taken");
-	d->value = 0;
+	qWarning( "QSemaphore::operator-=: paramter %d out of range", n );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	n = n < 0 ? 0 : d->value;
     }
-#endif
 
+    d->value -= n;
     ret = d->value;
 
     d->cond.wakeOne();
     d->mutex.unlock();
 
     return ret;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Returns the number of accesses currently available to the
     semaphore.
 */
 int QSemaphore::available() const {
     int ret;
 
     d->mutex.lock();
     ret = d->max - d->value;
     d->mutex.unlock();
 
     return ret;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Returns the total number of accesses to the semaphore.
 */
 int QSemaphore::total() const {
     int ret;
 
     d->mutex.lock();
     ret = d->max;
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qsettings.cpp b/qmake/tools/qsettings.cpp
index 5de105c..35fc039 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qsettings.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qsettings.cpp
@@ -1,187 +1,216 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of QSettings class
 **
-** Created: 2000.06.26
+** Created : 000626
 **
 ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "qplatformdefs.h"
 
 // POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
 static inline int qt_open( const char *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode )
 { return ::open( pathname, flags, mode ); }
 #if defined(open)
 # undef open
 #endif
 
 // POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64
 #if defined(truncate)
 # undef truncate
 #endif
 
 #include "qsettings.h"
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_SETTINGS
 
 #include "qdir.h"
 #include "qfile.h"
 #include "qfileinfo.h"
 #include "qmap.h"
 #include "qtextstream.h"
 #include "qregexp.h"
 #include <private/qsettings_p.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 
 /*!
-  \class QSettings
-  \brief The QSettings class provides persistent platform-independent application settings.
-
-  \ingroup io
-  \ingroup misc
-  \mainclass
-
-  On Unix systems, QSettings uses text files to store settings. On Windows
-  systems, QSettings uses the system registry.  On Mac OS X, QSettings will
-  behave as on Unix, and store to text files.
-
-  Each setting comprises an identifying key and the data associated with
-  the key. A key is a unicode string which consists of \e two or more
-  subkeys. A subkey is a slash, '/', followed by one or more unicode
-  characters (excluding slashes, newlines, carriage returns and equals,
-  '=', signs). The associated data, called the entry or value, may be a
-  boolean, an integer, a double, a string or a list of strings. Entry
-  strings may contain any unicode characters.
-
-  If you want to save and restore the entire desktop's settings, i.e.
-  which applications are running, use QSettings to save the settings
-  for each individual application and QSessionManager to save the
-  desktop's session.
+    \class QSettings
+    \brief The QSettings class provides persistent platform-independent application settings.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup misc
+    \mainclass
+
+    On Unix systems, QSettings uses text files to store settings. On Windows
+    systems, QSettings uses the system registry.  On Mac OS X, QSettings uses
+    the Carbon preferences API.
+
+    Each setting comprises an identifying key and the data associated with
+    the key. A key is a unicode string which consists of \e two or more
+    subkeys. A subkey is a slash, '/', followed by one or more unicode
+    characters (excluding slashes, newlines, carriage returns and equals,
+    '=', signs). The associated data, called the entry or value, may be a
+    boolean, an integer, a double, a string or a list of strings. Entry
+    strings may contain any unicode characters.
+
+    If you want to save and restore the entire desktop's settings, i.e.
+    which applications are running, use QSettings to save the settings
+    for each individual application and QSessionManager to save the
+    desktop's session.
 
     Example settings:
     \code
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/background color
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/foreground color
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/x
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/y
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/width
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/height
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/recent files/1
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/recent files/2
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/recent files/3
     \endcode
     Each line above is a complete key, made up of subkeys.
 
-    A typical usage pattern for application startup:
+    A typical usage pattern for reading application startup:
     \code
     QSettings settings;
-    settings.insertSearchPath( QSettings::Windows, "/MyCompany" );
-    // No search path needed for Unix; see notes further on.
-    // Use default values if the keys don't exist
-    QString bgColor = settings.readEntry( "/MyApplication/background color", "white" );
-    int width = settings.readNumEntry( "/MyApplication/geometry/width", 640 );
+    settings.setPath( "MyCompany.com", "MyApplication" );
+
+    QString bgColor = settings.readEntry( "/colors/background", "white" );
+    int width = settings.readNumEntry( "/geometry/width", 640 );
     // ...
     \endcode
 
     A typical usage pattern for application exit or 'save preferences':
     \code
     QSettings settings;
-    settings.insertSearchPath( QSettings::Windows, "/MyCompany" );
-    // No search path needed for Unix; see notes further on.
-    settings.writeEntry( "/MyApplication/background color", bgColor );
-    settings.writeEntry( "/MyApplication/geometry/width", width );
+    settings.setPath( "MyCompany.com", "MyApplication" );
+
+    settings.writeEntry( "/colors/background", bgColor );
+    settings.writeEntry( "/geometry/width", width );
     // ...
     \endcode
 
+    QSettings can build a key prefix that is prepended to all keys. To
+    build the key prefix, use beginGroup() and endGroup().
+    \code
+    QSettings settings;
+
+    settings.beginGroup( "/MainWindow" );
+	settings.beginGroup( "/Geometry" );
+	    int x = settings.readEntry( "/x" );
+	    // ...
+	settings.endGroup();
+	settings.beginGroup( "/Toolbars" );
+	    // ...
+	settings.endGroup();
+    settings.endGroup();
+    \endcode
+
     You can get a list of entry-holding keys by calling entryList(), and
     a list of key-holding keys using subkeyList().
 
     \code
     QStringList keys = entryList( "/MyApplication" );
     // keys contains 'background color' and 'foreground color'.
 
     QStringList keys = entryList( "/MyApplication/recent files" );
     // keys contains '1', '2' and '3'.
 
     QStringList subkeys = subkeyList( "/MyApplication" );
     // subkeys contains 'geometry' and 'recent files'
 
     QStringList subkeys = subkeyList( "/MyApplication/recent files" );
     // subkeys is empty.
     \endcode
 
-    If you wish to use a different search path call insertSearchPath()
-    as often as necessary to add your preferred paths. Call
-    removeSearchPath() to remove any unwanted paths.
-
     Since settings for Windows are stored in the registry there are size
     limits as follows:
     \list
     \i A subkey may not exceed 255 characters.
     \i An entry's value may not exceed 16,300 characters.
     \i All the values of a key (for example, all the 'recent files'
     subkeys values), may not exceed 65,535 characters.
     \endlist
 
-    These limitations are not enforced on Unix.
+    These limitations are not enforced on Unix or Mac OS X.
+
+    If you wish to use a different search path call insertSearchPath()
+    as often as necessary to add your preferred paths. Call
+    removeSearchPath() to remove any unwanted paths.
+
+    \section1 Notes for Mac OS X Applications
+
+    Internal to the CFPreferences API it is not defined (for Mac OS 9
+    support) where the settings will ultimitely be stored. However, at the
+    time of this writing the settings will be stored (either on a global or
+    user basis, preferring locally) into a plist file in
+    $ROOT/System/Library/Preferences (in XML format). QSettings will create
+    an appropriate plist file (com.<first group name>.plist) out of the
+    full path to a key.
+
+    For further information on CFPreferences see also
+    \link http://developer.apple.com/techpubs/macosx/CoreFoundation/PreferenceServices/preferenceservices_carbon.html
+    Apple's Specifications\endlink
 
     \section1 Notes for Unix Applications
 
     There is no universally accepted place for storing application
     settings under Unix. In the examples the settings file will be
     searched for in the following directories:
     \list 1
     \i INSTALL/etc/settings
     \i /opt/MyCompany/share/etc
     \i /opt/MyCompany/share/MyApplication/etc
     \i $HOME/.qt
     \endlist
     When reading settings the files are searched in the order shown
     above, with later settings overriding earlier settings. Files for
     which the user doesn't have read permission are ignored. When saving
     settings QSettings works in the order shown above, writing
     to the first settings file for which the user has write permission.
     (\c INSTALL is the directory where Qt was installed.  This can be
     modified by using the configure script's -prefix argument )
 
     If you want to put the settings in a particular place in the
     filesystem you could do this:
     \code
     settings.insertSearchPath( QSettings::Unix, "/opt/MyCompany/share" );
     \endcode
 
     But in practice you may prefer not to use a search path for Unix.
     For example the following code:
     \code
     settings.writeEntry( "/MyApplication/geometry/width", width );
     \endcode
     will end up writing the "geometry/width" setting to the file
@@ -271,78 +300,78 @@ static void closelock( HANDLE fd )
 	return;
     }
 
     struct flock fl;
     fl.l_type = F_UNLCK;
     fl.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
     fl.l_start = 0;
     fl.l_len = 0;
     // ignore the return value, so that the unlock fails silently
     (void) fcntl( fd, F_SETLKW, &fl );
 
     close( fd );
 }
 #elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
 #define Q_LOCKREAD 1
 #define Q_LOCKWRITE 2
 
 static HANDLE openlock( const QString &name, int /*type*/ )
 {
     if ( !QFile::exists( name ) )
 	return 0;
 
     return 0;
 
     HANDLE fd = 0;
 
     QT_WA( {
 	fd = CreateFileW( (TCHAR*)name.ucs2(), GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL );
     } , {
 	fd = CreateFileA( name.local8Bit(), GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL );
     } );
 
-    if ( !LockFile( fd, 0, 0, -1, -1 ) ) {
+    if ( !LockFile( fd, 0, 0, (DWORD)-1, (DWORD)-1 ) ) { // ### (DWORD)-1 ???
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	qWarning( "QSettings: openlock failed!" );
 #endif
     }
     return fd;
 }
 
-void closelock( HANDLE fd )
+static void closelock( HANDLE fd )
 {
     if ( !fd )
 	return;
 
-    if ( !UnlockFile( fd, 0, 0, -1, -1 ) ) {
+    if ( !UnlockFile( fd, 0, 0, (DWORD)-1, (DWORD)-1 ) ) { // ### (DWORD)-1 ???
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	qWarning( "QSettings: closelock failed!");
 #endif
     }
     CloseHandle( fd );
 }
 #endif
 
 
 QSettingsGroup::QSettingsGroup()
     : modified(FALSE)
 {
 }
 
 
 
 
 void QSettingsHeading::read(const QString &filename)
 {
     if (! QFileInfo(filename).exists())
 	return;
 
     HANDLE lockfd = openlock( filename, Q_LOCKREAD );
 
     QFile file(filename);
     if (! file.open(IO_ReadOnly)) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning("QSettings: failed to open file '%s'", filename.latin1());
 #endif
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -426,1034 +455,1059 @@ void QSettingsHeading::parseLine(QTextStream &stream)
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 			qWarning("QSettings: reached end of file, expected continued line");
 #endif
 			break;
 		    }
 		    value.append('\n');
 		    line = stream.readLine();
 		    i = 0;
 		}
 	    }
 
 	    (*git).insert(key, value);
 	}
     }
 }
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_WIN // for homedirpath reading from registry
 #include "qt_windows.h"
 #include "qlibrary.h"
 
 #ifndef CSIDL_APPDATA
 #define CSIDL_APPDATA                   0x001a        // <user name>\Application Data
 #endif
 #ifndef CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA
 #define CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA            0x0023        // All Users\Application Data
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
 QSettingsPrivate::QSettingsPrivate( QSettings::Format format )
     : groupDirty( TRUE ), modified(FALSE), globalScope(TRUE)
 {
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( format != QSettings::Ini )
 	return;
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED( format );
 #endif
 
     QString appSettings(QDir::homeDirPath() + "/.qt/");
     QString defPath;
 #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
 #ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
 	TCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
 	SHGetSpecialFolderPath( 0, path, CSIDL_APPDATA, FALSE );
 	appSettings  = QString::fromUcs2( path );
 	SHGetSpecialFolderPath( 0, path, CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA, FALSE );
 	defPath = QString::fromUcs2( path );
 #else
     QLibrary library( "shell32" );
     library.setAutoUnload( FALSE );
     QT_WA( {
 	typedef BOOL (WINAPI*GetSpecialFolderPath)(HWND, LPTSTR, int, BOOL);
 	GetSpecialFolderPath SHGetSpecialFolderPath = (GetSpecialFolderPath)library.resolve( "SHGetSpecialFolderPathW" );
 	if ( SHGetSpecialFolderPath ) {
 	    TCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
 	    SHGetSpecialFolderPath( 0, path, CSIDL_APPDATA, FALSE );
 	    appSettings  = QString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)path );
 	    SHGetSpecialFolderPath( 0, path, CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA, FALSE );
 	    defPath = QString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)path );
 	}
     } , {
 	typedef BOOL (WINAPI*GetSpecialFolderPath)(HWND, char*, int, BOOL);
 	GetSpecialFolderPath SHGetSpecialFolderPath = (GetSpecialFolderPath)library.resolve( "SHGetSpecialFolderPathA" );
 	if ( SHGetSpecialFolderPath ) {
 	    char path[MAX_PATH];
 	    SHGetSpecialFolderPath( 0, path, CSIDL_APPDATA, FALSE );
 	    appSettings = QString::fromLocal8Bit( path );
 	    SHGetSpecialFolderPath( 0, path, CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA, FALSE );
 	    defPath = QString::fromLocal8Bit( path );
 	}
     } );
 #endif // Q_OS_TEMP
 #else
 // for now
 #define QSETTINGS_DEFAULT_PATH_SUFFIX "/etc/settings"
 
     defPath = qInstallPath();
     defPath += QSETTINGS_DEFAULT_PATH_SUFFIX;
 #endif
     QDir dir(appSettings);
     if (! dir.exists()) {
 	if (! dir.mkdir(dir.path()))
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	    qWarning("QSettings: error creating %s", dir.path().latin1());
+#else
+	    ;
 #endif
     }
 
     if ( !!defPath )
 	searchPaths.append(defPath);
     searchPaths.append(dir.path());
 }
 
 QSettingsPrivate::~QSettingsPrivate()
 {
 }
 
 QSettingsGroup QSettingsPrivate::readGroup()
 {
     QSettingsHeading hd;
     QSettingsGroup grp;
 
     QMap<QString,QSettingsHeading>::Iterator headingsit = headings.find(heading);
     if (headingsit != headings.end())
 	hd = *headingsit;
 
     QSettingsHeading::Iterator grpit = hd.find(group);
     if (grpit == hd.end()) {
 	QStringList::Iterator it = searchPaths.begin();
+	if ( !globalScope )
+	    ++it;
 	while (it != searchPaths.end()) {
 	    QString filebase = heading.lower().replace(QRegExp("\\s+"), "_");
 	    QString fn((*it++) + "/" + filebase + "rc");
 	    if (! hd.contains(fn + "cached")) {
 		hd.read(fn);
 		hd.insert(fn + "cached", QSettingsGroup());
 	    }
 	}
 
 	headings.replace(heading, hd);
 
 	grpit = hd.find(group);
 	if (grpit != hd.end())
 	    grp = *grpit;
     } else if (hd.count() != 0)
 	grp = *grpit;
 
     return grp;
 }
 
 
 void QSettingsPrivate::removeGroup(const QString &key)
 {
     QSettingsHeading hd;
     QSettingsGroup grp;
     bool found = FALSE;
 
     QMap<QString,QSettingsHeading>::Iterator headingsit = headings.find(heading);
     if (headingsit != headings.end())
 	hd = *headingsit;
 
     QSettingsHeading::Iterator grpit = hd.find(group);
     if (grpit == hd.end()) {
 	QStringList::Iterator it = searchPaths.begin();
+	if ( !globalScope )
+	    ++it;
 	while (it != searchPaths.end()) {
 	    QString filebase = heading.lower().replace(QRegExp("\\s+"), "_");
 	    QString fn((*it++) + "/" + filebase + "rc");
 	    if (! hd.contains(fn + "cached")) {
 		hd.read(fn);
 		hd.insert(fn + "cached", QSettingsGroup());
 	    }
 	}
 
 	headings.replace(heading, hd);
 
 	grpit = hd.find(group);
 	if (grpit != hd.end()) {
 	    found = TRUE;
 	    grp = *grpit;
 	}
     } else if (hd.count() != 0) {
 	found = TRUE;
 	grp = *grpit;
     }
 
     if (found) {
 	grp.remove(key);
 
 	if (grp.count() > 0)
 	    hd.replace(group, grp);
 	else
 	    hd.remove(group);
 
 	if (hd.count() > 0)
 	    headings.replace(heading, hd);
 	else
 	    headings.remove(heading);
 
 	modified = TRUE;
     }
 }
 
 
 void QSettingsPrivate::writeGroup(const QString &key, const QString &value)
 {
     QSettingsHeading hd;
     QSettingsGroup grp;
 
     QMap<QString,QSettingsHeading>::Iterator headingsit = headings.find(heading);
     if (headingsit != headings.end())
 	hd = *headingsit;
 
     QSettingsHeading::Iterator grpit = hd.find(group);
     if (grpit == hd.end()) {
 	QStringList::Iterator it = searchPaths.begin();
+	if ( !globalScope )
+	    ++it;
 	while (it != searchPaths.end()) {
 	    QString filebase = heading.lower().replace(QRegExp("\\s+"), "_");
 	    QString fn((*it++) + "/" + filebase + "rc");
 	    if (! hd.contains(fn + "cached")) {
 		hd.read(fn);
 		hd.insert(fn + "cached", QSettingsGroup());
 	    }
 	}
 
 	headings.replace(heading, hd);
 
 	grpit = hd.find(group);
 	if (grpit != hd.end())
 	    grp = *grpit;
     } else if (hd.count() != 0)
 	grp = *grpit;
 
     grp.modified = TRUE;
     grp.replace(key, value);
     hd.replace(group, grp);
     headings.replace(heading, hd);
 
     modified = TRUE;
 }
 
 
 QDateTime QSettingsPrivate::modificationTime()
 {
     QSettingsHeading hd = headings[heading];
     QSettingsGroup grp = hd[group];
 
     QDateTime datetime;
 
     QStringList::Iterator it = searchPaths.begin();
+    if ( !globalScope )
+	++it;
     while (it != searchPaths.end()) {
 	QFileInfo fi((*it++) + "/" + heading + "rc");
 	if (fi.exists() && fi.lastModified() > datetime)
 	    datetime = fi.lastModified();
     }
 
     return datetime;
 }
 
-static bool verifyKey( const QString &key )
+bool qt_verify_key( const QString &key )
 {
     if ( key.isEmpty() || key[0] != '/' || key.contains( QRegExp("[=\\\\r\\\\n" ) ) )
 	return FALSE;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 static inline QString groupKey( const QString &group, const QString &key )
 {
-    if ( group.endsWith( "/" ) || key.startsWith( "/" ) )
+    if ( group.isEmpty() || ( group.length() == 1 && group[0] == '/' ) ) {
+	// group is empty, or it contains a single '/', so we just return the key
+	if ( key.startsWith( "/" ) )
+	    return key;
+	return "/" + key;
+    } else if ( group.endsWith( "/" ) || key.startsWith( "/" ) ) {
 	return group + key;
+    }
     return group + "/" + key;
 }
 
 /*!
   Inserts \a path into the settings search path. The semantics of \a
   path depends on the system \a s.
 
   When \a s is \e Windows and the execution environment is \e not
   Windows the function does nothing. Similarly when \a s is \e Unix and
   the execution environment is \e not Unix the function does nothing.
 
   When \a s is \e Windows, and the execution environment is Windows, the
   search path list will be used as the first subfolder of the "Software"
   folder in the registry.
 
   When reading settings the folders are searched forwards from the
   first folder (listed below) to the last, returning the first
-  settings found, and ignoring any folders for which the user doesn't 
+  settings found, and ignoring any folders for which the user doesn't
   have read permission.
   \list 1
   \i HKEY_CURRENT_USER/Software/MyCompany/MyApplication
   \i HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/MyCompany/MyApplication
   \i HKEY_CURRENT_USER/Software/MyApplication
   \i HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/MyApplication
   \endlist
 
   \code
   QSettings settings;
   settings.insertSearchPath( QSettings::Windows, "/MyCompany" );
   settings.writeEntry( "/MyApplication/Tip of the day", TRUE );
   \endcode
   The code above will write the subkey "Tip of the day" into the \e
   first of the registry folders listed below that is found and for
   which the user has write permission.
   \list 1
   \i HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/MyCompany/MyApplication
   \i HKEY_CURRENT_USER/Software/MyCompany/MyApplication
   \i HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/MyApplication
   \i HKEY_CURRENT_USER/Software/MyApplication
   \endlist
   If a setting is found in the HKEY_CURRENT_USER space, this setting
-  is overwritten independently of write permissions in the 
+  is overwritten independently of write permissions in the
   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE space.
 
   When \a s is \e Unix, and the execution environment is Unix, the
   search path list will be used when trying to determine a suitable
   filename for reading and writing settings files. By default, there are
   two entries in the search path:
 
   \list 1
   \i INSTALL/etc - where \c INSTALL is the directory where Qt was installed.
   \i $HOME/.qt/ - where \c $HOME is the user's home directory.
   \endlist
 
   All insertions into the search path will go before $HOME/.qt/.
   For example:
   \code
   QSettings settings;
   settings.insertSearchPath( QSettings::Unix, "/opt/MyCompany/share/etc" );
   settings.insertSearchPath( QSettings::Unix, "/opt/MyCompany/share/MyApplication/etc" );
   // ...
   \endcode
   Will result in a search path of:
   \list 1
   \i INSTALL/etc
   \i /opt/MyCompany/share/etc
   \i /opt/MyCompany/share/MyApplication/etc
   \i $HOME/.qt
   \endlist
     When reading settings the files are searched in the order shown
     above, with later settings overriding earlier settings. Files for
     which the user doesn't have read permission are ignored. When saving
     settings QSettings works in the order shown above, writing
     to the first settings file for which the user has write permission.
 
   Settings under Unix are stored in files whose names are based on the
   first subkey of the key (not including the search path). The algorithm
   for creating names is essentially: lowercase the first subkey, replace
   spaces with underscores and add 'rc', e.g.
   <tt>/MyCompany/MyApplication/background color</tt> will be stored in
   <tt>myapplicationrc</tt> (assuming that <tt>/MyCompany</tt> is part of
   the search path).
 
   \sa removeSearchPath()
 
 */
 void QSettings::insertSearchPath( System s, const QString &path)
 {
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd ) {
 	d->sysInsertSearchPath( s, path );
 	return;
     }
 #endif
 
-    if ( !verifyKey( path ) ) {
+#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if ( s == Windows )
+	return;
+#endif
+#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if ( s == Mac )
+	return;
+#endif
+
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( path ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::insertSearchPath: Invalid key: '%s'", path.isNull() ? "(null)" : path.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return;
     }
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd && s != Unix ) {
 #else
     if ( s != Unix ) {
 #endif
-#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+#if !defined(QWS) && defined(Q_OS_MAC)
 	if(s != Mac) //mac is respected on the mac as well
 #endif
 	    return;
     }
 
+    QString realPath = path;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    QString defPath = d->globalScope ? d->searchPaths.first() : d->searchPaths.last();
+    realPath = defPath + path;
+#endif
+
     QStringList::Iterator it = d->searchPaths.find(d->searchPaths.last());
     if (it != d->searchPaths.end()) {
-	d->searchPaths.insert(it, path);
+	d->searchPaths.insert(it, realPath);
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Removes all occurrences of \a path (using exact matching) from the
   settings search path for system \a s. Note that the default search
   paths cannot be removed.
 
   \sa insertSearchPath()
 */
 void QSettings::removeSearchPath( System s, const QString &path)
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( path ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( path ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::insertSearchPath: Invalid key: '%s'", path.isNull() ? "(null)" : path.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return;
     }
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
     if ( d->sysd ) {
 	d->sysRemoveSearchPath( s, path );
 	return;
     }
 #endif
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd && s != Unix ) {
 #else
     if ( s != Unix ) {
 #endif
-#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+#if !defined(QWS) && defined(Q_OS_MAC)
 	if(s != Mac) //mac is respected on the mac as well
 #endif
 	    return;
     }
 
     if (path == d->searchPaths.first() || path == d->searchPaths.last())
 	return;
 
     d->searchPaths.remove(path);
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Creates a settings object.
 */
 QSettings::QSettings()
 {
     d = new QSettingsPrivate( Native );
     Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     d->sysd = 0;
     d->sysInit();
 #endif
 }
 
 /*!
   Creates a settings object. If \a format is 'Ini' the settings will
   be stored in a text file, using the Unix strategy (see above). If \a format
   is 'Native', the settings will be stored in a platform specific way
   (ie. the Windows registry).
 */
 QSettings::QSettings( Format format )
 {
     d = new QSettingsPrivate( format );
     Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     d->sysd = 0;
     if ( format == Native )
 	d->sysInit();
 #else
     Q_UNUSED(format);
 #endif
 }
 
 /*!
   Destroys the settings object.  All modifications made to the settings
   will automatically be saved.
 
 */
 QSettings::~QSettings()
 {
     sync();
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
 	d->sysClear();
 #endif
 
     delete d;
 }
 
 
 /*! \internal
   Writes all modifications to the settings to disk.  If any errors are
   encountered, this function returns FALSE, otherwise it will return TRUE.
 */
 bool QSettings::sync()
 {
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
 	return d->sysSync();
 #endif
     if (! d->modified)
 	// fake success
 	return TRUE;
 
     bool success = TRUE;
     QMap<QString,QSettingsHeading>::Iterator it = d->headings.begin();
 
     while (it != d->headings.end()) {
 	// determine filename
 	QSettingsHeading hd(*it);
 	QSettingsHeading::Iterator hdit = hd.begin();
 	QFile file;
 
 	QStringList::Iterator pit = d->searchPaths.begin();
+	if ( !d->globalScope )
+	    ++pit;
 	while (pit != d->searchPaths.end()) {
 	    QString filebase = it.key().lower().replace(QRegExp("\\s+"), "_");
 	    QFileInfo di(*pit);
 	    QFileInfo fi((*pit++) + "/" + filebase + "rc");
 
 	    if ((fi.exists() && fi.isFile() && fi.isWritable()) ||
 		(! fi.exists() && di.isDir() && di.isWritable())) {
 		file.setName(fi.filePath());
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
 
-	it++;
+	++it;
 
-	if (file.name().isNull() || file.name().isEmpty()) {
+	if ( file.name().isEmpty() ) {
 
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::sync: filename is null/empty");
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 
 	    success = FALSE;
 	    continue;
 	}
 
 	HANDLE lockfd = openlock( file.name(), Q_LOCKWRITE );
 
 	if (! file.open(IO_WriteOnly)) {
 
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::sync: failed to open '%s' for writing",
 		     file.name().latin1());
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 
 	    success = FALSE;
 	    continue;
 	}
 
 	// spew to file
 	QTextStream stream(&file);
 	stream.setEncoding(QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8);
 
 	while (hdit != hd.end()) {
 	    if ((*hdit).count() > 0) {
 		stream << "[" << hdit.key() << "]" << endl;
 
 		QSettingsGroup grp(*hdit);
 		QSettingsGroup::Iterator grpit = grp.begin();
 
 		while (grpit != grp.end()) {
 		    QString v = grpit.data();
 		    if ( v.isNull() ) {
 			v = "\\0"; // escape null string
 		    } else {
 			v.replace("\\", "\\\\"); // escape backslash
 			v.replace("\n", "\\n"); // escape newlines
 		    }
 
 		    stream << grpit.key() << "=" << v << endl;
-		    grpit++;
+		    ++grpit;
 		}
 
 		stream << endl;
 	    }
 
-	    hdit++;
+	    ++hdit;
 	}
 
 	if (file.status() != IO_Ok) {
 
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::sync: error at end of write");
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 
 	    success = FALSE;
 	}
 
 	file.close();
 
 	closelock( lockfd );
     }
 
     d->modified = FALSE;
 
     return success;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   \fn bool QSettings::readBoolEntry(const QString &key, bool def, bool *ok ) const
 
   Reads the entry specified by \a key, and returns a bool, or the
   default value, \a def, if the entry couldn't be read.
   If \a ok is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE
   otherwise.
 
   \sa readEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 
 /*!
     \internal
 */
 bool QSettings::readBoolEntry(const QString &key, bool def, bool *ok )
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::readBoolEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
     	if ( ok )
 	    *ok = FALSE;
 
 	return def;
     }
 
-    QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
-	return d->sysReadBoolEntry( theKey, def, ok );
+	return d->sysReadBoolEntry( groupKey( group(), key ), def, ok );
 #endif
 
-    QString value = readEntry( theKey, ( def ? "true" : "false" ), ok );
+    QString value = readEntry( key, ( def ? "true" : "false" ), ok );
 
     if (value.lower() == "true")
 	return TRUE;
     else if (value.lower() == "false")
 	return FALSE;
     else if (value == "1")
 	return TRUE;
     else if (value == "0")
 	return FALSE;
 
     if (! value.isEmpty())
 	qWarning("QSettings::readBoolEntry: '%s' is not 'true' or 'false'",
 		 value.latin1());
     if ( ok )
 	*ok = FALSE;
     return def;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \fn double QSettings::readDoubleEntry(const QString &key, double def, bool *ok ) const
 
   Reads the entry specified by \a key, and returns a double, or the
   default value, \a def, if the entry couldn't be read.
   If \a ok is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE
   otherwise.
 
   \sa readEntry(), readNumEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 
 /*!
     \internal
 */
 double QSettings::readDoubleEntry(const QString &key, double def, bool *ok )
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::readDoubleEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
     	if ( ok )
 	    *ok = FALSE;
 
 	return def;
     }
 
-    QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
-	return d->sysReadDoubleEntry( theKey, def, ok );
+	return d->sysReadDoubleEntry( groupKey( group(), key ), def, ok );
 #endif
 
-    QString value = readEntry( theKey, QString::number(def), ok );
+    QString value = readEntry( key, QString::number(def), ok );
     bool conv_ok;
     double retval = value.toDouble( &conv_ok );
     if ( conv_ok )
 	return retval;
     if ( ! value.isEmpty() )
 	qWarning( "QSettings::readDoubleEntry: '%s' is not a number",
 		  value.latin1() );
     if ( ok )
 	*ok = FALSE;
     return def;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \fn int QSettings::readNumEntry(const QString &key, int def, bool *ok ) const
 
   Reads the entry specified by \a key, and returns an integer, or the
   default value, \a def, if the entry couldn't be read.
   If \a ok is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE
   otherwise.
 
   \sa readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 
 /*!
     \internal
 */
 int QSettings::readNumEntry(const QString &key, int def, bool *ok )
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::readNumEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	if ( ok )
 	    *ok = FALSE;
 	return def;
     }
 
-    QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
-
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
-	return d->sysReadNumEntry( theKey, def, ok );
+	return d->sysReadNumEntry( groupKey( group(), key ), def, ok );
 #endif
 
-    QString value = readEntry( theKey, QString::number( def ), ok );
+    QString value = readEntry( key, QString::number( def ), ok );
     bool conv_ok;
     int retval = value.toInt( &conv_ok );
     if ( conv_ok )
 	return retval;
     if ( ! value.isEmpty() )
 	qWarning( "QSettings::readNumEntry: '%s' is not a number",
 		  value.latin1() );
     if ( ok )
 	*ok = FALSE;
     return def;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \fn QString QSettings::readEntry(const QString &key, const QString &def, bool *ok ) const
 
   Reads the entry specified by \a key, and returns a QString, or the
   default value, \a def, if the entry couldn't be read.
   If \a ok is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE
   otherwise.
 
   \sa readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 
 /*!
     \internal
 */
 QString QSettings::readEntry(const QString &key, const QString &def, bool *ok )
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::readEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	if ( ok )
 	    *ok = FALSE;
 
 	return def;
     }
 
     QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
 	return d->sysReadEntry( theKey, def, ok );
 #endif
 
     if ( ok ) // no, everything is not ok
 	*ok = FALSE;
 
     QString realkey;
 
     if (theKey[0] == '/') {
 	// parse our key
 	QStringList list(QStringList::split('/', theKey));
 
 	if (list.count() < 2) {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::readEntry: invalid key '%s'", theKey.latin1());
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    if ( ok )
 		*ok = FALSE;
 	    return def;
 	}
 
 	if (list.count() == 2) {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = "General";
 	    realkey = list[1];
 	} else {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = list[1];
 
 	    // remove the group from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(1));
 	    // remove the heading from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(0));
 
 	    realkey = list.join("/");
 	}
     } else
     	realkey = theKey;
 
     QSettingsGroup grp = d->readGroup();
-    QString retval = grp[realkey];
-    if ( retval.isNull() )
-	retval = def;
-    else if ( ok ) // everything is ok
-	*ok = TRUE;
+    QSettingsGroup::const_iterator it = grp.find( realkey ), end = grp.end();
+    QString retval = def;
+    if ( it != end ) {
+	// found the value we needed
+	retval = *it;
+	if ( ok ) *ok = TRUE;
+    }
     return retval;
 }
 
 
 #if !defined(Q_NO_BOOL_TYPE)
 /*!
     Writes the boolean entry \a value into key \a key. The \a key is
     created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \a
     value.
 
     If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is
     returned; otherwise TRUE is returned.
 
   \sa readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 bool QSettings::writeEntry(const QString &key, bool value)
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::writeEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
-    QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
-
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
-	return d->sysWriteEntry( theKey, value );
+	return d->sysWriteEntry( groupKey( group(), key ), value );
 #endif
     QString s(value ? "true" : "false");
-    return writeEntry(theKey, s);
+    return writeEntry(key, s);
 }
 #endif
 
 
 /*!
     \overload
     Writes the double entry \a value into key \a key. The \a key is
     created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \a
     value.
 
     If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is
     returned; otherwise TRUE is returned.
 
   \sa readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 bool QSettings::writeEntry(const QString &key, double value)
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::writeEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
-    QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
-
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
-	return d->sysWriteEntry( theKey, value );
+	return d->sysWriteEntry( groupKey( group(), key ), value );
 #endif
     QString s(QString::number(value));
-    return writeEntry(theKey, s);
+    return writeEntry(key, s);
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \overload
     Writes the integer entry \a value into key \a key. The \a key is
     created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \a
     value.
 
     If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is
     returned; otherwise TRUE is returned.
 
   \sa readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 bool QSettings::writeEntry(const QString &key, int value)
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::writeEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
-    QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
-
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
-	return d->sysWriteEntry( theKey, value );
+	return d->sysWriteEntry( groupKey( group(), key ), value );
 #endif
     QString s(QString::number(value));
-    return writeEntry(theKey, s);
+    return writeEntry(key, s);
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \internal
 
   Writes the entry specified by \a key with the string-literal \a value,
   replacing any previous setting.  If \a value is zero-length or null, the
   entry is replaced by an empty setting.
 
   \e NOTE: This function is provided because some compilers use the
   writeEntry (const QString &, bool) overload for this code:
   writeEntry ("/foo/bar", "baz")
 
   If an error occurs, this functions returns FALSE and the object is left
   unchanged.
 
   \sa readEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 bool QSettings::writeEntry(const QString &key, const char *value)
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::writeEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
-    QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
-
-    return writeEntry(theKey, QString(value));
+    return writeEntry(key, QString(value));
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \overload
     Writes the string entry \a value into key \a key. The \a key is
     created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \a
     value. If \a value is an empty string or a null string the key's
     value will be an empty string.
 
     If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is
     returned; otherwise TRUE is returned.
 
   \sa readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 bool QSettings::writeEntry(const QString &key, const QString &value)
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::writeEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
     QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
 	return d->sysWriteEntry( theKey, value );
 #endif
     // NOTE: we *do* allow value to be a null/empty string
 
     QString realkey;
 
     if (theKey[0] == '/') {
 	// parse our key
 	QStringList list(QStringList::split('/', theKey));
 
 	if (list.count() < 2) {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::writeEntry: invalid key '%s'", theKey.latin1());
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 
 	    return FALSE;
 	}
 
 	if (list.count() == 2) {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = "General";
 	    realkey = list[1];
 	} else {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = list[1];
 
 	    // remove the group from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(1));
 	    // remove the heading from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(0));
 
 	    realkey = list.join("/");
 	}
     } else
 	realkey = theKey;
 
     d->writeGroup(realkey, value);
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Removes the entry specified by \a key.
 
     Returns TRUE if the entry existed and was removed; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
   \sa readEntry(), writeEntry()
 */
 bool QSettings::removeEntry(const QString &key)
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::removeEntry: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
     QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
 	return d->sysRemoveEntry( theKey );
 #endif
 
     QString realkey;
 
     if (theKey[0] == '/') {
 	// parse our key
 	QStringList list(QStringList::split('/', theKey));
 
 	if (list.count() < 2) {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::removeEntry: invalid key '%s'", theKey.latin1());
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 
 	    return FALSE;
 	}
 
 	if (list.count() == 2) {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = "General";
 	    realkey = list[1];
 	} else {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = list[1];
 
 	    // remove the group from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(1));
 	    // remove the heading from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(0));
 
 	    realkey = list.join("/");
@@ -1465,338 +1519,368 @@ bool QSettings::removeEntry(const QString &key)
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Returns a list of the keys which contain entries under \a key. Does \e
   not return any keys that contain keys.
 
     Example settings:
     \code
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/background color
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/foreground color
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/x
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/y
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/width
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/height
     \endcode
     \code
     QStringList keys = entryList( "/MyCompany/MyApplication" );
     \endcode
     \c keys contains 'background color' and 'foreground color'. It does
     not contain 'geometry' because this key contains keys not entries.
 
     To access the geometry values could either use subkeyList() to read
     the keys and then read each entry, or simply read each entry
     directly by specifying its full key, e.g.
     "/MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/y".
 
   \sa subkeyList()
 */
 QStringList QSettings::entryList(const QString &key) const
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::entryList: Invalid key: %s", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return QStringList();
     }
 
     QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
 	return d->sysEntryList( theKey );
 #endif
 
     QString realkey;
     if (theKey[0] == '/') {
 	// parse our key
 	QStringList list(QStringList::split('/', theKey));
 
 	if (list.count() < 1) {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::listEntries: invalid key '%s'", theKey.latin1());
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 
 	    return QStringList();
 	}
 
 	if (list.count() == 1) {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = "General";
 	} else {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = list[1];
 
 	    // remove the group from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(1));
 	    // remove the heading from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(0));
 
 	    realkey = list.join("/");
 	}
     } else
 	realkey = theKey;
 
     QSettingsGroup grp = d->readGroup();
     QSettingsGroup::Iterator it = grp.begin();
     QStringList ret;
     QString itkey;
     while (it != grp.end()) {
 	itkey = it.key();
-	it++;
+	++it;
 
 	if ( realkey.length() > 0 ) {
 	    if ( itkey.left( realkey.length() ) != realkey )
 		continue;
 	    else
 		itkey.remove( 0, realkey.length() + 1 );
 	}
 
 	if ( itkey.find( '/' ) != -1 )
 	    continue;
 
 	ret << itkey;
     }
 
     return ret;
 }
 
 
 /*!
   Returns a list of the keys which contain keys under \a key. Does \e
   not return any keys that contain entries.
 
     Example settings:
     \code
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/background color
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/foreground color
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/x
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/y
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/width
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/height
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/recent files/1
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/recent files/2
     /MyCompany/MyApplication/recent files/3
     \endcode
     \code
     QStringList keys = subkeyList( "/MyCompany/MyApplication" );
     \endcode
     \c keys contains 'geometry' and 'recent files'. It does not contain
     'background color' or 'foreground color' because they are keys which
     contain entries not keys. To get a list of keys that have values
     rather than subkeys use entryList().
 
   \sa entryList()
 */
 QStringList QSettings::subkeyList(const QString &key) const
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::subkeyList: Invalid key: %s", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return QStringList();
     }
 
     QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
 	return d->sysSubkeyList( theKey );
 #endif
 
     QString realkey;
+    int subkeycount = 2;
     if (theKey[0] == '/') {
 	// parse our key
 	QStringList list(QStringList::split('/', theKey));
 
 	if (list.count() < 1) {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::subkeyList: invalid key '%s'", theKey.latin1());
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 
 	    return QStringList();
 	}
 
+	subkeycount = list.count();
+
 	if (list.count() == 1) {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = "General";
 	} else {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = list[1];
 
 	    // remove the group from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(1));
 	    // remove the heading from the list
 	    list.remove(list.at(0));
 
 	    realkey = list.join("/");
 	}
+
     } else
 	realkey = theKey;
 
+    QStringList ret;
+    if ( subkeycount == 1 ) {
+	QMap<QString,QSettingsHeading>::Iterator it = d->headings.begin();
+	while ( it != d->headings.end() ) {
+	    if ( it.key() != "General" && ! ret.contains( it.key() ) )
+		ret << it.key();
+	    ++it;
+	}
+
+	return ret;
+    }
+
     QSettingsGroup grp = d->readGroup();
     QSettingsGroup::Iterator it = grp.begin();
-    QStringList ret;
     QString itkey;
     while (it != grp.end()) {
 	itkey = it.key();
-	it++;
+	++it;
 
 	if ( realkey.length() > 0 ) {
 	    if ( itkey.left( realkey.length() ) != realkey )
 		continue;
 	    else
 		itkey.remove( 0, realkey.length() + 1 );
 	}
 
 	int slash = itkey.find( '/' );
 	if ( slash == -1 )
 	    continue;
 	itkey.truncate( slash );
 
 	if ( ! ret.contains( itkey ) )
 	    ret << itkey;
     }
 
     return ret;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \internal
 
   This function returns the time of last modification for \a key.
 */
 QDateTime QSettings::lastModficationTime(const QString &key)
 {
-    if ( !verifyKey( key ) ) {
+    if ( !qt_verify_key( key ) ) {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
 	qWarning( "QSettings::lastModficationTime: Invalid key: '%s'", key.isNull() ? "(null)" : key.latin1() );
 #endif
 	return QDateTime();
     }
 
     QString theKey = groupKey( group(), key );
 
-#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+#if !defined(QWS) && (defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC))
     if ( d->sysd )
 	return QDateTime();
 #endif
 
     if (theKey[0] == '/') {
 	// parse our key
 	QStringList list(QStringList::split('/', theKey));
 
 	if (list.count() < 2) {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_STATE
 	    qWarning("QSettings::lastModficationTime: invalid key '%s'", theKey.latin1());
 #endif // QT_CHECK_STATE
 
 	    return QDateTime();
 	}
 
 	if (list.count() == 2) {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = "General";
 	} else {
 	    d->heading = list[0];
 	    d->group = list[1];
 	}
     }
 
     return d->modificationTime();
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Writes the string list entry \a value into key \a key. The \a key
     is created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten
     by \a value. The list is stored as a sequence of strings separated
-    by \a separator, so none of the strings in the list should contain
-    the separator. If the list is empty or null the key's value will
-    be an empty string.
+    by \a separator (using QStringList::join()), so none of the
+    strings in the list should contain the separator. If the list is
+    empty or null the key's value will be an empty string.
+
+    \warning The list should not contain empty or null strings, as
+    readListEntry() will use QStringList::split() to recreate the
+    list.  As the documentation states, QStringList::split() will omit
+    empty strings from the list.  Because of this, it is impossible to
+    retrieve identical list data that is stored with this function.
+    We recommend using the writeEntry() and readListEntry() overloads
+    that do not take a \a separator argument.
 
     If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is
     returned; otherwise returns TRUE.
 
     \sa readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 bool QSettings::writeEntry(const QString &key, const QStringList &value,
 			   const QChar &separator)
 {
     QString s(value.join(separator));
     return writeEntry(key, s);
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Writes the string list entry \a value into key \a key. The \a key
     is created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten
     by \a value.
 
     If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is
     returned; otherwise returns TRUE.
 
     \sa readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), removeEntry()
 */
 bool QSettings::writeEntry(const QString &key, const QStringList &value)
 {
     QString s;
     for (QStringList::ConstIterator it=value.begin(); it!=value.end(); ++it) {
 	QString el = *it;
 	if ( el.isNull() ) {
 	    el = "^0";
 	} else {
 	    el.replace("^", "^^");
 	}
 	s+=el;
 	s+="^e"; // end of element
     }
     return writeEntry(key, s);
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \overload QStringList QSettings::readListEntry(const QString &key, const QChar &separator, bool *ok ) const
 
     Reads the entry specified by \a key as a string. The \a separator
     is used to create a QStringList by calling QStringList::split(\a
     separator, entry). If \a ok is not 0: \a *ok is set to TRUE if the
     key was read, otherwise \a *ok is set to FALSE.
 
+    \warning As the documentation states, QStringList::split() will
+    omit empty strings from the list.  Because of this, it is
+    impossible to retrieve identical list data with this function.  We
+    recommend using the readListEntry() and writeEntry() overloads
+    that do not take a \a separator argument.
+
+
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
     over a copy, e.g.
     \code
     QStringList list = mySettings.readListEntry( "size", " " );
     QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
 	myProcessing( *it );
 	++it;
     }
     \endcode
 
     \sa readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry(), QStringList::split()
 */
 
 /*!
     \internal
 */
 QStringList QSettings::readListEntry(const QString &key, const QChar &separator, bool *ok )
 {
     QString value = readEntry( key, QString::null, ok );
     if ( ok && !*ok )
 	return QStringList();
 
     return QStringList::split(separator, value);
 }
 
 /*!
     \fn QStringList QSettings::readListEntry(const QString &key, bool *ok ) const
     Reads the entry specified by \a key as a string. If \a ok is not
     0, \a *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, otherwise \a *ok is
     set to FALSE.
 
@@ -1818,138 +1902,159 @@ QStringList QSettings::readListEntry(const QString &key, const QChar &separator,
     \internal
 */
 QStringList QSettings::readListEntry(const QString &key, bool *ok )
 {
     QString value = readEntry( key, QString::null, ok );
     if ( ok && !*ok )
 	return QStringList();
     QStringList l;
     QString s;
     bool esc=FALSE;
     for (int i=0; i<(int)value.length(); i++) {
 	if ( esc ) {
 	    if ( value[i] == 'e' ) { // end-of-string
 		l.append(s);
 		s="";
 	    } else if ( value[i] == '0' ) { // null string
 		s=QString::null;
 	    } else {
 		s.append(value[i]);
 	    }
 	    esc=FALSE;
 	} else if ( value[i] == '^' ) {
 	    esc = TRUE;
 	} else {
 	    s.append(value[i]);
 	    if ( i == (int)value.length()-1 )
 		l.append(s);
 	}
     }
     return l;
 }
 
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+void qt_setSettingsBasePath(const QString &); //qsettings_mac.cpp
+#endif
+
 /*!
-  Insert platform-dependent paths from platform-independent information.
+    Insert platform-dependent paths from platform-independent information.
+
+    The \a domain should be an Internet domain name
+    controlled by the producer of the software, eg. Trolltech products
+    use "trolltech.com".
 
-  The \a domain should be an Internet domain name
-  controlled by the producer of the software, eg. Trolltech products
-  use "trolltech.com".
+    The \a product should be the official name of the product.
 
-  The \a product should be the official name of the product.
+    The \a scope should be
+    QSettings::User for user-specific settings, or
+    QSettings::Global for system-wide settings (generally
+    these will be read-only to many users).
 
-  The \a scope should be
-  QSettings::User for user-specific settings, or
-  QSettings::Global for system-wide settings (generally
-  these will be read-only to many users).
+    Not all information is relevant on all systems (e.g. scoping is
+    currently used only if QSettings accesses the Windows registry).
 */
 
 void QSettings::setPath( const QString &domain, const QString &product, Scope scope )
 {
 //    On Windows, any trailing ".com(\..*)" is stripped from the domain. The
 //    Global scope corresponds to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, and User corresponds to
 //    HKEY_CURRENT_USER. Note that on some installations, not all users can
 //    write to the Global scope. On UNIX, any trailing ".com(\..*)" is stripped
 //    from the domain. The Global scope corresponds to "/opt" (this would be
 //    configurable at library build time - eg. to "/usr/local" or "/usr"),
 //    while the User scope corresponds to $HOME/.*rc.
 //    Note that on most installations, not all users can write to the System
 //    scope.
-//    
+//
 //    On MacOS X, if there is no "." in domain, append ".com", then reverse the
 //    order of the elements (Mac OS uses "com.apple.finder" as domain+product).
 //    The Global scope corresponds to /Library/Preferences/*.plist, while the
 //    User scope corresponds to ~/Library/Preferences/*.plist.
 //    Note that on most installations, not all users can write to the System
 //    scope.
+    d->globalScope = scope == Global;
+
     QString actualSearchPath;
     int lastDot = domain.findRev( '.' );
 
 #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
     actualSearchPath = "/" + domain.mid( 0, lastDot ) + "/" + product;
     insertSearchPath( Windows, actualSearchPath );
-#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+#elif !defined(QWS) && defined(Q_OS_MAC)
     QString topLevelDomain = domain.right( domain.length() - lastDot - 1 ) + ".";
-    if ( topLevelDomain.isEmpty() )
-	topLevelDomain = "com.";
-    actualSearchPath = "/" + topLevelDomain + domain.left( lastDot ) + product;
+    if ( !topLevelDomain.isEmpty() )
+	qt_setSettingsBasePath( topLevelDomain );
+    actualSearchPath = "/" + domain.left( lastDot ) + product;
     insertSearchPath( Mac, actualSearchPath );
 #else
     actualSearchPath = "/" + domain.mid( 0, lastDot ) + "/" + product;
     insertSearchPath( Unix, actualSearchPath );
 #endif
-
-    d->globalScope = scope == Global;
 }
 
 /*!
     Appends \a group to the current key prefix.
+
+    \code
+    QSettings settings;
+    settings.beginGroup( "/MainWindow" );
+    // read values
+    settings.endGroup();
+    \endcode
 */
 void QSettings::beginGroup( const QString &group )
 {
     d->groupStack.push( group );
     d->groupDirty = TRUE;
 }
 
 /*!
     Undo previous calls to beginGroup(). Note that a single beginGroup("a/b/c") is undone
     by a single call to endGroup().
+
+    \code
+    QSettings settings;
+    settings.beginGroup( "/MainWindow/Geometry" );
+    // read values
+    settings.endGroup();
+    \endcode
 */
 void QSettings::endGroup()
 {
     d->groupStack.pop();
     d->groupDirty = TRUE;
 }
 
 /*!
     Set the current key prefix to the empty string.
 */
 void QSettings::resetGroup()
 {
     d->groupStack.clear();
     d->groupDirty = FALSE;
     d->groupPrefix = QString::null;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the current key prefix, or a null string if there is no key prefix set.
 
     \sa beginGroup();
 */
 QString QSettings::group() const
 {
     if ( d->groupDirty ) {
 	d->groupDirty = FALSE;
 	d->groupPrefix = QString::null;
 
 	QValueStack<QString>::Iterator it = d->groupStack.begin();
 	while ( it != d->groupStack.end() ) {
 	    QString group = *it;
 	    ++it;
 	    if ( group[0] != '/' )
-		group = "/" + group;
+		group.prepend( "/" );
 	    d->groupPrefix += group;
 	}
     }
     return d->groupPrefix;
 }
 
 #endif
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qstring.cpp b/qmake/tools/qstring.cpp
index 56df62b..7f1fac3 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qstring.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qstring.cpp
@@ -1,93 +1,97 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 ** $Id$
 **
 ** Implementation of the QString class and related Unicode functions
 **
 ** Created : 920722
 **
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
 **
 ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
 ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
 ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
 **
 ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
 ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
 ** packaging of this file.
 **
 ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
 ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
 ** Agreement provided with the Software.
 **
 ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
 ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 **
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
 **   information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
 ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
 **
 ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
 ** not clear to you.
 **
 **********************************************************************/
 
 // Don't define it while compiling this module, or USERS of Qt will
 // not be able to link.
 #ifdef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
 #undef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
 #endif
 
 #include "qstring.h"
 #include "qregexp.h"
 #include "qdatastream.h"
 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
 #include "qtextcodec.h"
 #endif
-#include <ctype.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
 #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
 #include "qt_windows.h"
 #endif
 #if !defined( QT_NO_COMPONENT ) && !defined( QT_LITE_COMPONENT )
 #include "qcleanuphandler.h"
 #endif
 
+#ifdef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * unicode information
  * these tables are generated from the unicode reference file
  * ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/3.2-Update/UnicodeData.txt
  *
  * Lars
  * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 /* Perl script to generate (run perl -x tools/qstring.cpp)
 
 #!perl
 
 sub numberize
 {
     my(%r, $n, $id);
     for $id ( @_ ) {
       $i = $id;
 	$i="" if $i eq "EMPTY";
 	$r{$i}=$n++;
     }
     return %r;
 }
 
 
 sub readUnicodeDataLine {
     $code = shift @_;
     for $n (qw{
 	    name category combining_class bidi_category
 	    character_decomposition decimal_digit_value digit_value
 	    numeric_value mirrored oldname comment
@@ -11758,76 +11762,78 @@ static inline QChar lower( const QChar &c )
 	return c;
     else
 	return QChar( tolower((uchar) c.latin1()) );
 #endif
 }
 
 static inline QChar upper( const QChar &c )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
     uchar row = c.row();
     uchar cell = c.cell();
     if ( unicode_info[row][cell] != QChar::Letter_Lowercase )
 	return c;
     Q_UINT16 upper = *(case_info[row]+cell);
     if ( upper == 0 )
 	return c;
     return upper;
 #else
     if ( c.row() )
 	return c;
     else
 	return QChar( toupper((uchar) c.latin1()) );
 #endif
 }
 
 static inline QChar::Direction direction( const QChar &c )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
     const Q_UINT8 *rowp = direction_info[c.row()];
     if(!rowp) return QChar::DirL;
     return (QChar::Direction) ( *(rowp+c.cell()) & 0x1f );
 #else
+    Q_UNUSED(c);
     return QChar::DirL;
 #endif
 }
 
 static inline bool mirrored( const QChar &c )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
     const Q_UINT8 *rowp = direction_info[c.row()];
     if ( !rowp )
 	return FALSE;
     return *(rowp+c.cell())>128;
 #else
+    Q_UNUSED(c);
     return FALSE;
 #endif
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
 static const Q_UINT16 symmetricPairs[] = {
     0x0028, 0x0029, 0x003C, 0x003E, 0x005B, 0x005D, 0x007B, 0x007D,
     0x00AB, 0x00BB, 0x2039, 0x203A, 0x2045, 0x2046, 0x207D, 0x207E,
     0x208D, 0x208E, 0x2208, 0x220B, 0x2209, 0x220C, 0x220A, 0x220D,
     0x2215, 0x29F5, 0x223C, 0x223D, 0x2243, 0x22CD, 0x2252, 0x2253,
     0x2254, 0x2255, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x2266, 0x2267, 0x2268, 0x2269,
     0x226A, 0x226B, 0x226E, 0x226F, 0x2270, 0x2271, 0x2272, 0x2273,
     0x2274, 0x2275, 0x2276, 0x2277, 0x2278, 0x2279, 0x227A, 0x227B,
     0x227C, 0x227D, 0x227E, 0x227F, 0x2280, 0x2281, 0x2282, 0x2283,
     0x2284, 0x2285, 0x2286, 0x2287, 0x2288, 0x2289, 0x228A, 0x228B,
     0x228F, 0x2290, 0x2291, 0x2292, 0x2298, 0x29B8, 0x22A2, 0x22A3,
     0x22A6, 0x2ADE, 0x22A8, 0x2AE4, 0x22A9, 0x2AE3, 0x22AB, 0x2AE5,
     0x22B0, 0x22B1, 0x22B2, 0x22B3, 0x22B4, 0x22B5, 0x22B6, 0x22B7,
     0x22C9, 0x22CA, 0x22CB, 0x22CC, 0x22D0, 0x22D1, 0x22D6, 0x22D7,
     0x22D8, 0x22D9, 0x22DA, 0x22DB, 0x22DC, 0x22DD, 0x22DE, 0x22DF,
     0x22E0, 0x22E1, 0x22E2, 0x22E3, 0x22E4, 0x22E5, 0x22E6, 0x22E7,
     0x22E8, 0x22E9, 0x22EA, 0x22EB, 0x22EC, 0x22ED, 0x22F0, 0x22F1,
     0x22F2, 0x22FA, 0x22F3, 0x22FB, 0x22F4, 0x22FC, 0x22F6, 0x22FD,
     0x22F7, 0x22FE, 0x2308, 0x2309, 0x230A, 0x230B, 0x2329, 0x232A,
     0x2768, 0x2769, 0x276A, 0x276B, 0x276C, 0x276D, 0x276E, 0x276F,
     0x2770, 0x2771, 0x2772, 0x2773, 0x2774, 0x2775, 0x27D5, 0x27D6,
     0x27DD, 0x27DE, 0x27E2, 0x27E3, 0x27E4, 0x27E5, 0x27E6, 0x27E7,
     0x27E8, 0x27E9, 0x27EA, 0x27EB, 0x2983, 0x2984, 0x2985, 0x2986,
     0x2987, 0x2988, 0x2989, 0x298A, 0x298B, 0x298C, 0x298D, 0x2990,
     0x298E, 0x298F, 0x2991, 0x2992, 0x2993, 0x2994, 0x2995, 0x2996,
     0x2997, 0x2998, 0x29C0, 0x29C1, 0x29C4, 0x29C5, 0x29CF, 0x29D0,
     0x29D1, 0x29D2, 0x29D4, 0x29D5, 0x29D8, 0x29D9, 0x29DA, 0x29DB,
@@ -11871,65 +11877,65 @@ static int ucstrcmp( const QString &as, const QString &bs )
 	return -1;
     int l=QMIN(as.length(),bs.length());
     while ( l-- && *a == *b )
 	a++,b++;
     if ( l==-1 )
 	return ( as.length()-bs.length() );
     return a->unicode() - b->unicode();
 }
 
 static int ucstrncmp( const QChar *a, const QChar *b, int l )
 {
     while ( l-- && *a == *b )
 	a++,b++;
     if ( l==-1 )
 	return 0;
     return a->unicode() - b->unicode();
 }
 
 static int ucstrnicmp( const QChar *a, const QChar *b, int l )
 {
     while ( l-- && ::lower( *a ) == ::lower( *b ) )
 	a++,b++;
     if ( l==-1 )
 	return 0;
     return ::lower( *a ).unicode() - ::lower( *b ).unicode();
 }
 
 static uint computeNewMax( uint len )
 {
     uint newMax = 4;
     while ( newMax < len )
 	newMax *= 2;
-    // try to spare some memory
+    // try to save some memory
     if ( newMax >= 1024 * 1024 && len <= newMax - (newMax >> 2) )
 	newMax -= newMax >> 2;
     return newMax;
 }
 
 /*!
     \class QCharRef qstring.h
     \reentrant
     \brief The QCharRef class is a helper class for QString.
 
     \ingroup text
 
     When you get an object of type QCharRef, if you can assign to it,
     the assignment will apply to the character in the string from
     which you got the reference. That is its whole purpose in life.
     The QCharRef becomes invalid once modifications are made to the
     string: if you want to keep the character, copy it into a QChar.
 
     Most of the QChar member functions also exist in QCharRef.
     However, they are not explicitly documented here.
 
     \sa QString::operator[]() QString::at() QChar
 */
 
 /*!
     \class QChar qstring.h
     \reentrant
     \brief The QChar class provides a lightweight Unicode character.
 
     \ingroup text
 
     Unicode characters are (so far) 16-bit entities without any markup
@@ -12862,168 +12868,168 @@ void QString::compose()
 			// form because medial ones are preferred.
 			if ( len != 1 || ligature.tag() !=QChar::Final )
 			    break;
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
 	    ligature.next();
 	}
 	cindex++;
 	index++;
     }
     *this = composed;
 #endif
 }
 
 
 // These macros are used for efficient allocation of QChar strings.
 // IMPORTANT! If you change these, make sure you also change the
 // "delete unicode" statement in ~QStringData() in qstring.h correspondingly!
 
 #define QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( N ) (QChar*) new char[ sizeof(QChar)*( N ) ]
 #define QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( P ) delete[] ((char*)( P ))
 
 
 /*!
     This utility function converts the 8-bit string \a ba to Unicode,
     returning the result.
 
     The caller is responsible for deleting the return value with
     delete[].
 */
 
-QChar* QString::asciiToUnicode( const QByteArray& ba, uint* len )
+QChar* QString::latin1ToUnicode( const QByteArray& ba, uint* len )
 {
     if ( ba.isNull() ) {
 	*len = 0;
 	return 0;
     }
     int l = 0;
     while ( l < (int)ba.size() && ba[l] )
 	l++;
     char* str = ba.data();
     QChar *uc = new QChar[ l ];   // Can't use macro, since function is public
     QChar *result = uc;
     if ( len )
 	*len = l;
     while (l--)
 	*uc++ = *str++;
     return result;
 }
 
-static QChar* internalAsciiToUnicode( const QByteArray& ba, uint* len )
+static QChar* internalLatin1ToUnicode( const QByteArray& ba, uint* len )
 {
     if ( ba.isNull() ) {
 	*len = 0;
 	return 0;
     }
     int l = 0;
     while ( l < (int)ba.size() && ba[l] )
 	l++;
     char* str = ba.data();
     QChar *uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
     QChar *result = uc;
     if ( len )
 	*len = l;
     while (l--)
 	*uc++ = *str++;
     return result;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     This utility function converts the '\0'-terminated 8-bit string \a
     str to Unicode, returning the result and setting \a *len to the
     length of the Unicode string.
 
     The caller is responsible for deleting the return value with
     delete[].
 */
 
-QChar* QString::asciiToUnicode( const char *str, uint* len, uint maxlen )
+QChar* QString::latin1ToUnicode( const char *str, uint* len, uint maxlen )
 {
     QChar* result = 0;
     uint l = 0;
     if ( str ) {
 	if ( maxlen != (uint)-1 ) {
 	    while ( l < maxlen && str[l] )
 		l++;
 	} else {
 	    // Faster?
-	    l = qstrlen(str);
+	    l = strlen( str );
 	}
 	QChar *uc = new QChar[ l ]; // Can't use macro since function is public
 	result = uc;
 	uint i = l;
 	while ( i-- )
 	    *uc++ = *str++;
     }
     if ( len )
 	*len = l;
     return result;
 }
 
-static QChar* internalAsciiToUnicode( const char *str, uint* len,
+static QChar* internalLatin1ToUnicode( const char *str, uint* len,
 				      uint maxlen = (uint)-1 )
 {
     QChar* result = 0;
     uint l = 0;
     if ( str ) {
 	if ( maxlen != (uint)-1 ) {
 	    while ( l < maxlen && str[l] )
 		l++;
 	} else {
 	    // Faster?
-	    l = qstrlen(str);
+	    l = strlen( str );
 	}
 	QChar *uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
 	result = uc;
 	uint i = l;
 	while ( i-- )
 	    *uc++ = *str++;
     }
     if ( len )
 	*len = l;
     return result;
 }
 
 /*!
     This utility function converts \a l 16-bit characters from \a uc
     to ASCII, returning a '\0'-terminated string.
 
     The caller is responsible for deleting the resultant string with
     delete[].
 */
-char* QString::unicodeToAscii(const QChar *uc, uint l)
+char* QString::unicodeToLatin1(const QChar *uc, uint l)
 {
     if (!uc) {
 	return 0;
     }
     char *a = new char[l+1];
     char *result = a;
     while (l--) {
 	*a++ = (uc->unicode() > 0xff) ? '?' : (char)uc->unicode();
 	uc++;
     }
     *a = '\0';
     return result;
 }
 
 /*****************************************************************************
   QString member functions
  *****************************************************************************/
 
 /*!
     \class QString qstring.h
     \reentrant
 
     \brief The QString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text
     and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array.
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
     \ingroup text
     \mainclass
 
     QString uses \link shclass.html implicit sharing\endlink, which
     makes it very efficient and easy to use.
@@ -13128,307 +13134,315 @@ char* QString::unicodeToAscii(const QChar *uc, uint l)
     \value ExactMatch The target and search strings must match exactly.
     \value BeginsWith The target string begins with the search string.
     \value EndsWith The target string ends with the search string.
     \value Contains The target string contains the search string.
 
     If you OR these flags together (excluding \c CaseSensitive), the
     search criteria be applied in the following order: \c ExactMatch,
     \c BeginsWith, \c EndsWith, \c Contains.
 
     Matching is case-insensitive unless \c CaseSensitive is set. \c
     CaseSensitive may be OR-ed with any combination of the other
     flags.
 
 */
 Q_EXPORT QStringData *QString::shared_null = 0;
 QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QString QString::null;
 QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::null;
 QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::replacement((ushort)0xfffd);
 QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::byteOrderMark((ushort)0xfeff);
 QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::byteOrderSwapped((ushort)0xfffe);
 QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::nbsp((ushort)0x00a0);
 
 QStringData* QString::makeSharedNull()
 {
     QString::shared_null = new QStringData;
 #if defined( Q_OS_MAC )
     QString *that = const_cast<QString *>(&QString::null);
     that->d = QString::shared_null;
 #endif
     return QString::shared_null;
 }
 
-// Uncomment this to get some useful statistics.
-// #define Q2HELPER(x) x
-
-#ifdef Q2HELPER
-static int stat_construct_charstar=0;
-static int stat_construct_charstar_size=0;
-static int stat_construct_null=0;
-static int stat_construct_int=0;
-static int stat_construct_int_size=0;
-static int stat_construct_ba=0;
-static int stat_get_ascii=0;
-static int stat_get_ascii_size=0;
-static int stat_copy_on_write=0;
-static int stat_copy_on_write_size=0;
-static int stat_fast_copy=0;
-Q_EXPORT void qt_qstring_stats()
-{
-	qDebug("construct_charstar = %d (%d chars)", stat_construct_charstar, stat_construct_charstar_size);
-	qDebug("construct_null = %d", stat_construct_null);
-	qDebug("construct_int = %d (%d chars)", stat_construct_int, stat_construct_int_size);
-	qDebug("construct_ba = %d", stat_construct_ba);
-	qDebug("get_ascii = %d (%d chars)", stat_get_ascii, stat_get_ascii_size);
-	qDebug("copy_on_write = %d (%d chars)", stat_copy_on_write, stat_copy_on_write_size);
-	qDebug("fast_copy = %d", stat_fast_copy);
-}
-#else
-#define Q2HELPER(x)
-#endif
-
 /*!
     \fn QString::QString()
 
     Constructs a null string, i.e. both the length and data pointer
     are 0.
 
     \sa isNull()
 */
 
 /*!
     Constructs a string of length one, containing the character \a ch.
 */
 QString::QString( QChar ch )
 {
     d = new QStringData( QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( 1 ), 1, 1 );
     d->unicode[0] = ch;
 }
 
 /*!
     Constructs an implicitly shared copy of \a s. This is very fast
     since it only involves incrementing a reference count.
 */
 QString::QString( const QString &s ) :
     d(s.d)
 {
-    Q2HELPER(stat_fast_copy++)
     d->ref();
 }
 
 /*!
   \internal
 
   Private function.
 
   Constructs a string with preallocated space for \a size characters.
 
   The string is empty.
 
   \sa isNull()
 */
 
 QString::QString( int size, bool /*dummy*/ )
 {
     if ( size ) {
-	Q2HELPER(stat_construct_int++)
 	int l = size;
-	Q2HELPER(stat_construct_int_size+=l)
 	QChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
 	d = new QStringData( uc, 0, l );
     } else {
-	Q2HELPER(stat_construct_null++)
 	d = shared_null ? shared_null : (shared_null=new QStringData);
 	d->ref();
     }
 }
 
 /*!
     Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a ba interpreted as a
     classic C string.
 */
 
 QString::QString( const QByteArray& ba )
 {
-    Q2HELPER(stat_construct_ba++)
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
+	d = 0;
+	*this = fromAscii( ba.data(), ba.size() );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
     uint l;
-    QChar *uc = internalAsciiToUnicode(ba,&l);
+    QChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(ba,&l);
     d = new QStringData(uc,l,l);
 }
 
 /*!
     Constructs a string that is a deep copy of the first \a length
     characters in the QChar array.
 
     If \a unicode and \a length are 0, then a null string is created.
 
     If only \a unicode is 0, the string is empty but has \a length
     characters of space preallocated: QString expands automatically
     anyway, but this may speed up some cases a little. We recommend
     using the plain constructor and setLength() for this purpose since
     it will result in more readable code.
 
     \sa isNull() setLength()
 */
 
 QString::QString( const QChar* unicode, uint length )
 {
     if ( !unicode && !length ) {
 	d = shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull();
 	d->ref();
     } else {
 	QChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( length );
 	if ( unicode )
 	    memcpy(uc, unicode, length*sizeof(QChar));
 	d = new QStringData(uc,unicode ? length : 0,length);
     }
 }
 
 /*!
     Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as
     a classic C string.
 
     If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
 
     This is a cast constructor, but it is perfectly safe: converting a
     Latin1 const char* to QString preserves all the information. You
     can disable this constructor by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_ASCII when
     you compile your applications. You can also make QString objects
     by using setLatin1(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), and
     fromUtf8(). Or whatever encoding is appropriate for the 8-bit data
     you have.
 
     \sa isNull()
 */
 
 QString::QString( const char *str )
 {
-    Q2HELPER(stat_construct_charstar++)
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
+	d = 0;
+	*this = fromAscii( str );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    uint l;
+    QChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(str,&l);
+    d = new QStringData(uc,l,l);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STL
+/*!
+    Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str.
+
+    This is the same as fromAscii(\a str).
+*/
+
+QString::QString( const std::string &str )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
+	d = 0;
+	*this = fromAscii( str.c_str() );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
     uint l;
-    QChar *uc = internalAsciiToUnicode(str,&l);
-    Q2HELPER(stat_construct_charstar_size+=l)
+    QChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(str.c_str(),&l);
     d = new QStringData(uc,l,l);
 }
+#endif
 
 /*!
     \fn QString::~QString()
 
     Destroys the string and frees the string's data if this is the
     last reference to the string.
 */
 
 
 /*!
     Deallocates any space reserved solely by this QString.
 
     If the string does not share its data with another QString
     instance, nothing happens; otherwise the function creates a new,
     unique copy of this string. This function is called whenever the
     string is modified.
 */
 
 void QString::real_detach()
 {
     setLength( length() );
 }
 
 void QString::deref()
 {
-    if ( d->deref() ) {
+    if ( d && d->deref() ) {
 	if ( d != shared_null )
 	    delete d;
-	d = 0; // helps debugging
+	d = 0;
     }
 }
 
 void QStringData::deleteSelf()
 {
     delete this;
 }
 
 /*!
     \fn QString& QString::operator=( QChar c )
 
     Sets the string to contain just the single character \a c.
 */
 
 /*!
+    \fn QString& QString::operator=( const std::string& s )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Makes a deep copy of \a s and returns a reference to the deep
+    copy.
+*/
+
+/*!
     \fn QString& QString::operator=( char c )
 
     \overload
 
     Sets the string to contain just the single character \a c.
 */
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Assigns a shallow copy of \a s to this string and returns a
     reference to this string. This is very fast because the string
     isn't actually copied.
 */
 QString &QString::operator=( const QString &s )
 {
-    Q2HELPER(stat_fast_copy++)
     s.d->ref();
     deref();
     d = s.d;
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Assigns a deep copy of \a cs, interpreted as a classic C string,
     to this string and returns a reference to this string.
 */
 QString &QString::operator=( const QCString& cs )
 {
-    return setLatin1(cs);
+    return setAscii(cs);
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Assigns a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as a classic C string
     to this string and returns a reference to this string.
 
     If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
 
     \sa isNull()
 */
 QString &QString::operator=( const char *str )
 {
-    return setLatin1(str);
+    return setAscii(str);
 }
 
 
 /*!
     \fn bool QString::isNull() const
 
     Returns TRUE if the string is null; otherwise returns FALSE. A
     null string is always empty.
 
     \code
 	QString a;          // a.unicode() == 0, a.length() == 0
 	a.isNull();         // TRUE, because a.unicode() == 0
 	a.isEmpty();        // TRUE
     \endcode
 
     \sa isEmpty(), length()
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn bool QString::isEmpty() const
 
     Returns TRUE if the string is empty, i.e. if length() == 0;
     otherwise returns FALSE. Null strings are also empty.
 
     \code
 	QString a( "" );
 	a.isEmpty();        // TRUE
 	a.isNull();         // FALSE
 
 	QString b;
 	b.isEmpty();        // TRUE
 	b.isNull();         // TRUE
@@ -13442,138 +13456,134 @@ QString &QString::operator=( const char *str )
 
     Returns the length of the string.
 
     Null strings and empty strings have zero length.
 
     \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
 */
 
 /*!
     If \a newLen is less than the length of the string, then the
     string is truncated at position \a newLen. Otherwise nothing
     happens.
 
     \code
 	QString s = "truncate me";
 	s.truncate( 5 );            // s == "trunc"
     \endcode
 
     \sa setLength()
 */
 
 void QString::truncate( uint newLen )
 {
     if ( newLen < d->len )
 	setLength( newLen );
 }
 
 /*!
     Ensures that at least \a newLen characters are allocated to the
     string, and sets the length of the string to \a newLen. Any new
     space allocated contains arbitrary data.
 
-    If \a newLen is 0, then the string becomes empty, unless the
-    string is null, in which case it remains null.
+    If \a newLen is 0, then the string becomes empty (non-null).
 
     If it is not possible to allocate enough memory, the string
     remains unchanged.
 
     This function always detaches the string from other references to
     the same data.
 
     This function is useful for code that needs to build up a long
     string and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. In this example,
     we want to add to the string until some condition is true, and
     we're fairly sure that size is big enough:
     \code
 	QString result;
-	int resultLength = 0;
-	result.setLength( newLen ) // allocate some space
+	int len = 0;
+	result.setLength( maxLen );     // allocate some space
 	while ( ... ) {
-	    result[resultLength++] = ... // fill (part of) the space with data
+	    result[len++] = ...         // fill part of the space
 	}
-	result.truncate[resultLength]; // and get rid of the undefined junk
+	result.truncate( len );         // and get rid of the rest
     \endcode
 
     If \a newLen is an underestimate, the worst that will happen is
     that the loop will slow down.
 
     \sa truncate(), isNull(), isEmpty(), length()
 */
 
 void QString::setLength( uint newLen )
 {
     if ( d->count != 1 || newLen > d->maxl ||
 	 ( newLen * 4 < d->maxl && d->maxl > 4 ) ) {
 	// detach, grow or shrink
-	Q2HELPER(stat_copy_on_write++)
-	Q2HELPER(stat_copy_on_write_size+=d->len)
 	uint newMax = computeNewMax( newLen );
 	QChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
 	if ( nd ) {
 	    uint len = QMIN( d->len, newLen );
 	    if ( d->unicode )
 		memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(QChar)*len );
 	    deref();
 	    d = new QStringData( nd, newLen, newMax );
 	}
     } else {
 	d->len = newLen;
 	d->setDirty();
     }
 }
 
 /*!
     This function will return a string that replaces the lowest
     numbered occurrence of \c %1, \c %2, ..., \c %9 with \a a.
 
     The \a fieldwidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
     \a a is padded to. A positive value will produce right-aligned
     text, whereas a negative value will produce left-aligned text.
 
+    The following example shows how we could create a 'status' string
+    when processing a list of files:
     \code
-	QString firstName( "Joe" );
-	QString lastName( "Bloggs" );
-	QString fullName;
-	fullName = QString( "First name is '%1', last name is '%2'" )
-		    .arg( firstName )
-		    .arg( lastName );
-
-	// fullName == First name is 'Joe', last name is 'Bloggs'
+    QString status = QString( "Processing file %1 of %2: %3" )
+			.arg( i )         // current file's number
+			.arg( total )     // number of files to process
+			.arg( fileName ); // current file's name
     \endcode
 
-    Note that using arg() to construct sentences as we've done in the
-    example above does not usually translate well into other languages
-    because sentence structure and word order often differ between
-    languages.
+    It is generally fine to use filenames and numbers as we have done
+    in the example above. But note that using arg() to construct
+    natural language sentences does not usually translate well into
+    other languages because sentence structure and word order often
+    differ between languages.
 
     If there is no place marker (\c %1 or \c %2, etc.), a warning
     message (qWarning()) is output and the text is appended at the
     end of the string. We recommend that the correct number of place
     markers is always used in production code.
 */
 QString QString::arg( const QString& a, int fieldwidth ) const
 {
     int pos, len;
     QString r = *this;
 
     if ( !findArg( pos, len ) ) {
 	qWarning( "QString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %s",
 		  latin1(), a.latin1() );
 	// Make sure the text at least appears SOMEWHERE
 	r += ' ';
 	pos = r.length();
 	len = 0;
     }
 
     r.replace( pos, len, a );
     if ( fieldwidth < 0 ) {
 	QString s;
 	while ( (uint)-fieldwidth > a.length() ) {
 	    s += ' ';
 	    fieldwidth++;
 	}
 	r.insert( pos + a.length(), s );
     } else if ( fieldwidth ) {
 	QString s;
 	while ( (uint)fieldwidth > a.length() ) {
 	    s += ' ';
@@ -13745,65 +13755,65 @@ bool QString::findArg( int& pos, int& len ) const
     string \e cformat is expected to be in latin1. If you need a
     Unicode format string, use arg() instead. For typesafe string
     building, with full Unicode support, you can use QTextOStream like
     this:
 
     \code
 	QString str;
 	QString s = ...;
 	int x = ...;
 	QTextOStream( &str ) << s << " : " << x;
     \endcode
 
     For \link QObject::tr() translations,\endlink especially if the
     strings contains more than one escape sequence, you should
     consider using the arg() function instead. This allows the order
     of the replacements to be controlled by the translator, and has
     Unicode support.
 
     \sa arg()
 */
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_SPRINTF
 QString &QString::sprintf( const char* cformat, ... )
 {
     va_list ap;
     va_start( ap, cformat );
 
     if ( !cformat || !*cformat ) {
 	// Qt 1.x compat
 	*this = fromLatin1( "" );
 	return *this;
     }
-    QString format = fromLatin1( cformat );
+    QString format = fromAscii( cformat );
 
     QRegExp escape( "%#?0?-? ?\\+?'?[0-9*]*\\.?[0-9*]*h?l?L?q?Z?" );
     QString result;
     uint last = 0;
     int pos;
     int len = 0;
 
     for (;;) {
 	pos = escape.search( format, last );
 	len = escape.matchedLength();
 	// Non-escaped text
 	if ( pos > (int)last )
 	    result += format.mid( last, pos - last );
 	if ( pos < 0 ) {
 	    // The rest
 	    if ( last < format.length() )
 		result += format.mid( last );
 	    break;
 	}
 	last = pos + len + 1;
 
 	// Escape
 	QString f = format.mid( pos, len );
 	uint width, decimals;
 	int params = 0;
 	int wpos = f.find('*');
 	if ( wpos >= 0 ) {
 	    params++;
 	    width = va_arg( ap, int );
 	    if ( f.find('*', wpos + 1) >= 0 ) {
 		decimals = va_arg( ap, int );
 		params++;
@@ -13884,65 +13894,65 @@ QString &QString::sprintf( const char* cformat, ... )
 	    case 'f':
 	    case 'g':
 	    case 'G':
 		{
 		    double value = va_arg( ap, double );
 		    switch ( params ) {
 		    case 0:
 			::sprintf( out, in, value );
 			break;
 		    case 1:
 			::sprintf( out, in, width, value );
 			break;
 		    case 2:
 			::sprintf( out, in, width, decimals, value );
 		    }
 		}
 		break;
 	    case 'p':
 		{
 		    void* value = va_arg( ap, void * );
 		    switch ( params ) {
 		    case 0:
 			::sprintf( out, in, value );
 			break;
 		    case 1:
 			::sprintf( out, in, width, value );
 			break;
 		    case 2:
 			::sprintf( out, in, width, decimals, value );
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
-	    replacement = fromLatin1( out );
+	    replacement = fromAscii( out );
 	}
 	result += replacement;
     }
     *this = result;
 
     va_end( ap );
     return *this;
 }
 #endif
 
 /*!
     Fills the string with \a len characters of value \a c, and returns
     a reference to the string.
 
     If \a len is negative (the default), the current string length is
     used.
 
     \code
 	QString str;
 	str.fill( 'g', 5 );      // string == "ggggg"
     \endcode
 */
 
 QString& QString::fill( QChar c, int len )
 {
     if ( len < 0 )
 	len = length();
     if ( len == 0 ) {
 	*this = "";
     } else {
 	deref();
 	QChar * nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( len );
@@ -14095,66 +14105,68 @@ static int bm_find( const QString &str, int index, const QString &pattern, uint
 
 
 #define REHASH( a ) \
     if ( sl_minus_1 < sizeof(uint) * CHAR_BIT ) \
 	hashHaystack -= (a) << sl_minus_1; \
     hashHaystack <<= 1
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Finds the first occurrence of the string \a str, starting at
     position \a index. If \a index is -1, the search starts at the
     last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so
     on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
 
     If \a cs is TRUE, the search is case sensitive; otherwise the
     search is case insensitive.
 
     Returns the position of \a str or -1 if \a str could not be found.
 */
 
 int QString::find( const QString& str, int index, bool cs ) const
 {
     const uint l = length();
     const uint sl = str.length();
     if ( index < 0 )
 	index += l;
     if ( sl + index > l )
 	return -1;
     if ( !sl )
 	return index;
 
+#ifndef MACOSX_101
     if ( sl == 1 )
 	return find( *str.unicode(), index, cs );
+#endif
 
     // we use the Boyer-Moore algorithm in cases where the overhead
     // for the hash table should pay off, otherwise we use a simple
     // hash function
     if ( l > 500 && sl > 5 ) {
 	uint skiptable[0x100];
 	bm_init_skiptable( str, skiptable, cs );
 	return bm_find( *this, index, str, skiptable, cs );
     }
 
     /*
       We use some hashing for efficiency's sake. Instead of
       comparing strings, we compare the hash value of str with that of
       a part of this QString. Only if that matches, we call ucstrncmp
       or ucstrnicmp.
     */
     const QChar* needle = str.unicode();
     const QChar* haystack = unicode() + index;
     const QChar* end = unicode() + (l-sl);
     const uint sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
     uint hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, i;
 
     if ( cs ) {
 	for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
 	    hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + needle[i].unicode() );
 	    hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + haystack[i].unicode() );
 	}
 	hashHaystack -= (haystack+sl_minus_1)->unicode();
 
 	while ( haystack <= end ) {
 	    hashHaystack += (haystack+sl_minus_1)->unicode();
  	    if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
@@ -14192,118 +14204,124 @@ int QString::find( const QString& str, int index, bool cs ) const
     Equivalent to findRev(QString(\a str), \a index).
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn int QString::find( const char* str, int index ) const
 
     \overload
 
     Equivalent to find(QString(\a str), \a index).
 */
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Finds the first occurrence of the character \a c, starting at
     position \a index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
     search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
     last character and so on.
 
     Returns the position of \a c or -1 if \a c could not be found.
 
     If \a cs is TRUE, the search is case sensitive; otherwise the
     search is case insensitive.
 
     \code
 	QString string( "bananas" );
 	int i = string.findRev( 'a' );      // i == 5
     \endcode
 */
 
 int QString::findRev( QChar c, int index, bool cs ) const
 {
+#ifdef MACOSX_101
+    return findRev( QString( c ), index, cs );
+#else
     const uint l = length();
     if ( index < 0 )
 	index += l;
     if ( (uint)index >= l )
 	return -1;
     const QChar *end = unicode();
     register const QChar *uc = end + index;
     if ( cs ) {
 	while ( uc >= end && *uc != c )
 	    uc--;
     } else {
 	c = ::lower( c );
 	while ( uc >= end && ::lower( *uc ) != c )
 	    uc--;
     }
     return uc - end;
+#endif
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Finds the first occurrence of the string \a str, starting at
     position \a index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
     search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
     last character and so on.
 
     Returns the position of \a str or -1 if \a str could not be found.
 
     If \a cs is TRUE, the search is case sensitive; otherwise the
     search is case insensitive.
 
     \code
     QString string("bananas");
     int i = string.findRev( "ana" );      // i == 3
     \endcode
 */
 
 int QString::findRev( const QString& str, int index, bool cs ) const
 {
     /*
       See QString::find() for explanations.
     */
     const uint l = length();
     if ( index < 0 )
 	index += l;
     const uint sl = str.length();
     int delta = l-sl;
     if ( index < 0 || index > (int)l || delta < 0 )
 	return -1;
     if ( index > delta )
 	index = delta;
 
+#ifndef MACOSX_101
     if ( sl == 1 )
 	return findRev( *str.unicode(), index, cs );
+#endif
 
     const QChar* needle = str.unicode();
     const QChar* haystack = unicode() + index;
     const QChar* end = unicode();
     const uint sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
     const QChar* n = needle+sl_minus_1;
     const QChar* h = haystack+sl_minus_1;
     uint hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, i;
 
     if ( cs ) {
 	for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
 	    hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + (n-i)->unicode() );
 	    hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + (h-i)->unicode() );
 	}
 	hashHaystack -= haystack->unicode();
 
 	while ( haystack >= end ) {
 	    hashHaystack += haystack->unicode();
  	    if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
 		 && ucstrncmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
 		return haystack-unicode();
 	    --haystack;
 	    REHASH( (haystack+sl)->unicode() );
 	}
     } else {
 	for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
 	    hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1)
 			  + ::lower( (n-i)->unicode() ).unicode() );
 	    hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1)
 			    + ::lower( (h-i)->unicode() ).unicode() );
 	}
 	hashHaystack -= ::lower(*haystack).unicode();
@@ -14950,105 +14968,115 @@ QString QString::rightJustify( uint width, QChar fill, bool truncate ) const
     QString result;
     int len = length();
     int padlen = width - len;
     if ( padlen > 0 ) {
 	result.setLength( len+padlen );
 	QChar* uc = result.d->unicode;
 	while (padlen--)
 	    *uc++ = fill;
 	if ( len )
 	    memcpy( uc, unicode(), sizeof(QChar)*len );
     } else {
 	if ( truncate )
 	    result = left( width );
 	else
 	    result = *this;
     }
     return result;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns a lowercase copy of the string.
 
     \code
 	QString string( "TROlltECH" );
 	str = string.lower();   // str == "trolltech"
     \endcode
 
     \sa upper()
 */
 
 QString QString::lower() const
 {
-    QString s(*this);
-    int l=length();
-    if ( l ) {
-	s.real_detach(); // could do this only when we find a change
-	register QChar *p=s.d->unicode;
-	if ( p ) {
-	    while ( l-- ) {
+    int l = length();
+    register QChar *p = d->unicode;
+    while ( l ) {
+	if ( *p != ::lower(*p) ) {
+	    QString s( *this );
+	    s.real_detach();
+	    p = s.d->unicode + ( p - d->unicode );
+	    while ( l ) {
 		*p = ::lower( *p );
+		l--;
 		p++;
 	    }
+	    return s;
 	}
+	l--;
+	p++;
     }
-    return s;
+    return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns an uppercase copy of the string.
 
     \code
 	QString string( "TeXt" );
 	str = string.upper();     // t == "TEXT"
     \endcode
 
     \sa lower()
 */
 
 QString QString::upper() const
 {
-    QString s(*this);
-    int l=length();
-    if ( l ) {
-	s.real_detach(); // could do this only when we find a change
-	register QChar *p=s.d->unicode;
-	if ( p ) {
-	    while ( l-- ) {
+    int l = length();
+    register QChar *p = d->unicode;
+    while ( l ) {
+	if ( *p != ::upper(*p) ) {
+	    QString s( *this );
+	    s.real_detach();
+	    p = s.d->unicode + ( p - d->unicode );
+	    while ( l ) {
 		*p = ::upper( *p );
+		l--;
 		p++;
 	    }
+	    return s;
 	}
+	l--;
+	p++;
     }
-    return s;
+    return *this;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
     the end.
 
     Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns
     TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
     (TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR) and 32 (Space), and may
     also include other Unicode characters.
 
     \code
 	QString string = "   white space   ";
 	QString s = string.stripWhiteSpace();       // s == "white space"
     \endcode
 
     \sa simplifyWhiteSpace()
 */
 
 QString QString::stripWhiteSpace() const
 {
     if ( isEmpty() )                            // nothing to do
 	return *this;
     register const QChar *s = unicode();
     if ( !s->isSpace() && !s[length()-1].isSpace() )
 	return *this;
 
     int start = 0;
     int end = length() - 1;
     while ( start<=end && s[start].isSpace() )  // skip white space from start
 	start++;
@@ -15108,66 +15136,66 @@ QString QString::simplifyWhiteSpace() const
     if ( outc > 0 && to[outc-1] == ' ' )
 	outc--;
     result.truncate( outc );
     return result;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Inserts \a s into the string at position \a index.
 
     If \a index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
     extended with spaces to length \a index and \a s is then appended
     and returns a reference to the string.
 
     \code
 	QString string( "I like fish" );
 	str = string.insert( 2, "don't " );
 	// str == "I don't like fish"
     \endcode
 
     \sa remove(), replace()
 */
 
 QString &QString::insert( uint index, const QString &s )
 {
     // the sub function takes care of &s == this case.
     return insert( index, s.unicode(), s.length() );
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
-    Inserts the character in \a s into the string at position \a index
-    \a len number of times and returns a reference to the string.
+    Inserts the first \a len characters in \a s into the string at
+    position \a index and returns a reference to the string.
 */
 
 QString &QString::insert( uint index, const QChar* s, uint len )
 {
     if ( len == 0 )
 	return *this;
     uint olen = length();
     int nlen = olen + len;
 
     if ( s >= d->unicode && (uint)(s - d->unicode) < d->maxl ) {
 	// Part of me - take a copy.
 	QChar *tmp = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( len );
 	memcpy(tmp,s,len*sizeof(QChar));
 	insert(index,tmp,len);
 	QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( tmp );
 	return *this;
     }
 
     if ( index >= olen ) {                      // insert after end of string
 	setLength( len + index );
 	int n = index - olen;
 	QChar* uc = d->unicode+olen;
 	while (n--)
 	    *uc++ = ' ';
 	memcpy( d->unicode+index, s, sizeof(QChar)*len );
     } else {                                    // normal insert
 	setLength( nlen );
 	memmove( d->unicode + index + len, unicode() + index,
 		 sizeof(QChar) * (olen - index) );
 	memcpy( d->unicode + index, s, sizeof(QChar) * len );
     }
     return *this;
@@ -15222,64 +15250,74 @@ QString &QString::insert( uint index, QChar c ) // insert char
 
     Inserts \a ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
     reference to the string.
 
     Equivalent to insert(0, \a ch).
 
     \sa insert()
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn QString& QString::prepend( QChar ch )
 
     \overload
 
     Inserts \a ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
     reference to the string.
 
     Equivalent to insert(0, \a ch).
 
     \sa insert()
 */
 
 /*! \fn QString& QString::prepend( const QByteArray &s )
   \overload
 
   Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
 
   Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
 
   \sa insert()
  */
 
+/*! \fn QString& QString::prepend( const std::string &s )
+  \overload
+
+  Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
+  Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
+
+  \sa insert()
+ */
+
 /*!
   \overload
 
   Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
 
   Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
 
   \sa insert()
  */
 QString &QString::prepend( const char *s )
 {
     return insert( 0, QString(s) );
 }
 
 /*!
     Removes \a len characters from the string starting at position \a
     index, and returns a reference to the string.
 
     If \a index is beyond the length of the string, nothing happens.
     If \a index is within the string, but \a index + \a len is beyond
     the end of the string, the string is truncated at position \a
     index.
 
     \code
 	QString string( "Montreal" );
 	string.remove( 1, 4 );      // string == "Meal"
     \endcode
 
     \sa insert(), replace()
 */
 
 QString &QString::remove( uint index, uint len )
@@ -15819,319 +15857,327 @@ int QString::contains( const QRegExp &rx ) const
 	index = rx.search( *this, index + 1 );
 	if ( index == -1 )
 	    break;
 	count++;
     }
     return count;
 }
 
 #endif //QT_NO_REGEXP
 
 static bool ok_in_base( QChar c, int base )
 {
     if ( base <= 10 )
 	return c.isDigit() && c.digitValue() < base;
     else
 	return c.isDigit() || (c >= 'a' && c < char('a'+base-10))
 			   || (c >= 'A' && c < char('A'+base-10));
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to a \c long value to the base \a
     base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
     FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
 
     \sa number()
 */
 
 long QString::toLong( bool *ok, int base ) const
 {
     const QChar *p = unicode();
-    long val = 0;
+    ulong val = 0;
     int l = length();
-    const long max_mult = INT_MAX / base;
+    const ulong max_mult = LONG_MAX / base;
     bool is_ok = FALSE;
     int neg = 0;
     if ( !p )
 	goto bye;
     while ( l && p->isSpace() )                 // skip leading space
 	l--,p++;
     if ( !l )
 	goto bye;
     if ( *p == '-' ) {
 	l--;
 	p++;
 	neg = 1;
     } else if ( *p == '+' ) {
 	l--;
 	p++;
     }
 
     // NOTE: toULong() code is similar
     if ( !l || !ok_in_base(*p,base) )
 	goto bye;
     while ( l && ok_in_base(*p,base) ) {
 	l--;
 	int dv;
 	if ( p->isDigit() ) {
 	    dv = p->digitValue();
 	} else {
 	    if ( *p >= 'a' && *p <= 'z' )
 		dv = *p - 'a' + 10;
 	    else
 		dv = *p - 'A' + 10;
 	}
 	if ( val > max_mult ||
-	    (val == max_mult && dv > (INT_MAX % base) + neg) )
+	    (val == max_mult && dv > (LONG_MAX % base) + neg) )
 	    goto bye;
 	val = base * val + dv;
 	p++;
     }
-    if ( neg )
-	val = -val;
     while ( l && p->isSpace() )                 // skip trailing space
-	l--,p++;
+	l--, p++;
     if ( !l )
 	is_ok = TRUE;
 bye:
     if ( ok )
 	*ok = is_ok;
-    return is_ok ? val : 0;
+    return is_ok ? ( neg ? -( (long) val ) : (long) val ) : 0L;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned long} value to the
     base \a base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
     FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
 
     \sa number()
 */
 
 ulong QString::toULong( bool *ok, int base ) const
 {
     const QChar *p = unicode();
     ulong val = 0;
     int l = length();
-    const ulong max_mult = UINT_MAX / base;
+    const ulong max_mult = ULONG_MAX / base;
     bool is_ok = FALSE;
     if ( !p )
 	goto bye;
     while ( l && p->isSpace() )                 // skip leading space
 	l--,p++;
     if ( !l )
 	goto bye;
     if ( *p == '+' )
 	l--,p++;
 
     // NOTE: toLong() code is similar
     if ( !l || !ok_in_base(*p,base) )
 	goto bye;
     while ( l && ok_in_base(*p,base) ) {
 	l--;
 	uint dv;
 	if ( p->isDigit() ) {
 	    dv = p->digitValue();
 	} else {
 	    if ( *p >= 'a' && *p <= 'z' )
 		dv = *p - 'a' + 10;
 	    else
 		dv = *p - 'A' + 10;
 	}
-	if ( val > max_mult || (val == max_mult && dv > UINT_MAX % base) )
+	if ( val > max_mult || (val == max_mult && dv > ULONG_MAX % base) )
 	    goto bye;
 	val = base * val + dv;
 	p++;
     }
 
     while ( l && p->isSpace() )                 // skip trailing space
 	l--,p++;
     if ( !l )
 	is_ok = TRUE;
 bye:
     if ( ok )
 	*ok = is_ok;
     return is_ok ? val : 0;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to a \c short value to the base \a
     base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
     FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
 */
 
 short QString::toShort( bool *ok, int base ) const
 {
     long v = toLong( ok, base );
-    if ( ok && *ok && (v < -32768 || v > 32767) ) {
+    if ( ok && *ok && (v < SHRT_MIN || v > SHRT_MAX) ) {
 	*ok = FALSE;
 	v = 0;
     }
     return (short)v;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned short} value to
     the base \a base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and
     36.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
     FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
 */
 
 ushort QString::toUShort( bool *ok, int base ) const
 {
     ulong v = toULong( ok, base );
-    if ( ok && *ok && (v > 65535) ) {
+    if ( ok && *ok && (v > USHRT_MAX) ) {
 	*ok = FALSE;
 	v = 0;
     }
     return (ushort)v;
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to an \c int value to the base \a
     base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
     FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
 
     \code
 	QString str( "FF" );
 	bool ok;
 	int hex = str.toInt( &ok, 16 );     // hex == 255, ok == TRUE
 	int dec = str.toInt( &ok, 10 );     // dec == 0, ok == FALSE
     \endcode
 
     \sa number()
 */
 
 int QString::toInt( bool *ok, int base ) const
 {
-    return (int)toLong( ok, base );
+    long v = toLong( ok, base );
+    if ( ok && *ok && (v < INT_MIN || v > INT_MAX) ) {
+	*ok = FALSE;
+	v = 0;
+    }
+    return (int)v;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned int} value to the
     base \a base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
     FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
 
     \sa number()
 */
 
 uint QString::toUInt( bool *ok, int base ) const
 {
-    return (uint)toULong( ok, base );
+    ulong v = toULong( ok, base );
+    if ( ok && *ok && (v > UINT_MAX) ) {
+	*ok = FALSE;
+	v = 0;
+    }
+    return (uint)v;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to a \c double value.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
     FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
 
     \code
 	QString string( "1234.56" );
 	double a = string.toDouble();   // a == 1234.56
     \endcode
 
     \sa number()
 */
 
 double QString::toDouble( bool *ok ) const
 {
     char *end;
 
     const char *a = latin1();
     double val = strtod( a ? a : "", &end );
     if ( ok )
-	*ok = ( a && *a && (end == 0 || (end - a) == (int)length()) );
+	*ok = ( a && *a && (end == 0 || *end == '\0') );
     return val;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the string converted to a \c float value.
 
     If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
     FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
 
     \sa number()
 */
 
 float QString::toFloat( bool *ok ) const
 {
     return (float)toDouble( ok );
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
     returns a reference to the string.
 
     The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
 
     \code
 	QString string;
 	string = string.setNum( 1234 );     // string == "1234"
     \endcode
 */
 
 QString &QString::setNum( long n, int base )
 {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
     if ( base < 2 || base > 36 ) {
 	qWarning( "QString::setNum: Invalid base %d", base );
 	base = 10;
     }
 #endif
     char   charbuf[65*sizeof(QChar)];
     QChar *buf = (QChar*)charbuf;
     QChar *p = &buf[64];
     int  len = 0;
     bool neg;
     if ( n < 0 ) {
 	neg = TRUE;
-	if ( n == INT_MIN ) {
+	if ( n == LONG_MIN ) {
 	    // Cannot always negate this special case
 	    QString s1, s2;
-	    s1.setNum(n/base);
-	    s2.setNum((-(n+base))%base);
+	    s1.setNum(n/base, base );
+	    s2.setNum((-(n+base))%base, base );
 	    *this = s1 + s2;
 	    return *this;
 	}
 	n = -n;
     } else {
 	neg = FALSE;
     }
     do {
 	*--p = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"[((int)(n%base))];
 	n /= base;
 	++len;
     } while ( n );
     if ( neg ) {
 	*--p = '-';
 	++len;
     }
     return setUnicode( p, len );
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
     returns a reference to the string.
 
     The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
 */
 
 QString &QString::setNum( ulong n, int base )
 {
 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
     if ( base < 2 || base > 36 ) {
@@ -16432,424 +16478,504 @@ void QString::setExpand( uint index, QChar c )
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn QString& QString::append( char ch )
 
     \overload
 
     Appends character \a ch to the string and returns a reference to
     the result.
 
     Equivalent to operator+=().
 */
 
 /*!
     \fn QString& QString::append( QChar ch )
 
     \overload
 
     Appends character \a ch to the string and returns a reference to
     the result.
 
     Equivalent to operator+=().
 */
 
 /*! \fn QString& QString::append( const QByteArray &str )
   \overload
 
   Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
 
   Equivalent to operator+=().
  */
 
+/*! \fn QString& QString::append( const std::string &str )
+  \overload
+
+  Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
+
+  Equivalent to operator+=().
+ */
+
+
 /*! \fn QString& QString::append( const char *str )
   \overload
 
   Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
 
   Equivalent to operator+=().
  */
 
 /*!
     Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
 */
 QString& QString::operator+=( const QString &str )
 {
     uint len1 = length();
     uint len2 = str.length();
     if ( len2 ) {
 	setLength(len1+len2);
 	memcpy( d->unicode+len1, str.unicode(), sizeof(QChar)*len2 );
     } else if ( isNull() && !str.isNull() ) {   // ## just for 1.x compat:
 	*this = fromLatin1( "" );
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
   Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
 */
+#ifndef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
 QString& QString::operator+=( const char *str )
 {
     if ( str ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+	if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() )
+	    return operator+=( fromAscii( str ) );
+#endif
+
 	uint len1 = length();
 	uint len2 = strlen( str );
 	if ( len2 ) {
 	    setLength(len1+len2);
 	    uint i = 0;
 	    while( i < len2 ) {
 		d->unicode[len1+i] = str[i];
 		i++;
 	    }
 	} else if ( isNull() ) {   // ## just for 1.x compat:
 	    *this = fromLatin1( "" );
 	}
     }
     return *this;
 }
+#endif
 
 /*! \overload
 
   Appends \a c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
 */
 
 QString &QString::operator+=( QChar c )
 {
     setLength(length()+1);
     d->unicode[length()-1] = c;
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Appends \a c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
 */
 
 QString &QString::operator+=( char c )
 {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() )
+	return operator+=( fromAscii( &c, 1 ) );
+#endif
     setLength(length()+1);
     d->unicode[length()-1] = c;
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
   \fn QString &QString::operator+=( const QByteArray &str )
   \overload
 
   Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
 */
 
+/*!
+  \fn QString &QString::operator+=( const std::string &str )
+  \overload
+
+  Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
+*/
+
 
 
 /*!
     \fn char QChar::latin1() const
 
-    Returns a latin-1 copy of this character, if this character is in
-    the latin-1 character set. If not, this function returns 0.
+    Returns the Latin-1 value of this character, or 0 if it
+    cannot be represented in Latin-1.
 */
 
 
 /*!
-    Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string. Note that the
+    Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string. The
     returned value is undefined if the string contains non-Latin-1
     characters. If you want to convert strings into formats other than
     Unicode, see the QTextCodec classes.
 
     This function is mainly useful for boot-strapping legacy code to
     use Unicode.
 
     The result remains valid so long as one unmodified copy of the
     source string exists.
 
-    \sa utf8(), local8Bit()
+    \sa fromLatin1(), ascii(), utf8(), local8Bit()
 */
 const char* QString::latin1() const
 {
-    if ( !d->ascii ) {
-	Q2HELPER(stat_get_ascii++)
-	Q2HELPER(stat_get_ascii_size+=d->len)
-	d->ascii = unicodeToAscii( d->unicode, d->len );
+    if ( !d->ascii  || !d->islatin1 ) {
+	d->ascii = unicodeToLatin1( d->unicode, d->len );
+	d->islatin1 = TRUE;
     }
     return d->ascii;
 }
 
 /*!
-  \fn const char* QString::ascii() const
-  \obsolete
+    Returns an 8-bit ASCII representation of the string.
 
-  This function simply calls latin1() and returns the result.
+    If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
+    it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char. Otherwise, this function
+    does the same as latin1().
+
+    \sa fromAscii(), latin1(), utf8(), local8Bit()
 */
+const char* QString::ascii() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
+	if ( !d->ascii || d->islatin1 ) {
+	    QCString s = QTextCodec::codecForCStrings()->fromUnicode( *this );
+	    s.detach();
+	    d->ascii = s.data();
+	    d->islatin1 = FALSE;
+	    s.resetRawData( s.data(), s.size() ); // we have stolen the data
+	}
+	return d->ascii;
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    return latin1();
+}
 
 /*!
-    Returns the string encoded in UTF8 format.
+    Returns the string encoded in UTF-8 format.
 
     See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
 
-    \sa QString::fromUtf8(), local8Bit(), latin1()
+    \sa fromUtf8(), ascii(), latin1(), local8Bit()
 */
 QCString QString::utf8() const
 {
     int l = length();
     int rlen = l*3+1;
     QCString rstr(rlen);
     uchar* cursor = (uchar*)rstr.data();
     const QChar *ch = d->unicode;
     for (int i=0; i<l; i++) {
 	ushort u = ch->unicode();
  	if ( u < 0x80 ) {
  	    *cursor++ = (uchar)u;
  	} else {
  	    if ( u < 0x0800 ) {
 		*cursor++ = 0xc0 | ((uchar) (u >> 6));
  	    } else {
  		*cursor++ = 0xe0 | ((uchar) (u >> 12));
  		*cursor++ = 0x80 | ( ((uchar) (u >> 6)) & 0x3f);
  	    }
  	    *cursor++ = 0x80 | ((uchar) (u&0x3f));
  	}
  	ch++;
     }
     rstr.truncate( cursor - (uchar*)rstr.data() );
     return rstr;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
     characters of \a utf8, ignoring the rest of \a utf8. If \a len is
     -1 then the length of \a utf8 is used. If \a len is bigger than
     the length of \a utf8 then it will use the length of \a utf8.
 
     \code
 	QString str = QString::fromUtf8( "123456789", 5 );
 	// str == "12345"
     \endcode
 
     See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
 */
 QString QString::fromUtf8( const char* utf8, int len )
 {
     if ( !utf8 )
 	return QString::null;
 
-    if ( len < 0 ) len = qstrlen( utf8 );
+    if ( len < 0 )
+	len = strlen( utf8 );
     QString result;
     result.setLength( len ); // worst case
     QChar *qch = (QChar *)result.unicode();
     ushort uc = 0;
     int need = 0;
     for (int i=0; i<len; i++) {
 	uchar ch = utf8[i];
 	if (need) {
 	    if ( (ch&0xc0) == 0x80 ) {
 		uc = (uc << 6) | (ch & 0x3f);
 		need--;
 		if ( !need ) {
 		    *qch = uc;
 		    qch++;
 		}
 	    } else {
 		// error
 		*qch = QChar::replacement;
 		qch++;
 		need = 0;
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    if ( ch < 128 ) {
 		*qch = ch;
 		qch++;
 	    } else if ( (ch&0xe0) == 0xc0 ) {
 		uc = ch &0x1f;
 		need = 1;
 	    } else if ( (ch&0xf0) == 0xe0 ) {
 		uc = ch &0x0f;
 		need = 2;
 	    }
 	}
     }
     result.truncate( qch - result.unicode() );
     return result;
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
-    characters of \a chars, ignoring the rest of \a chars. If \a len
-    is -1 then the length of \a chars is used. If \a len is bigger
-    than the length of \a chars then it will use the length of \a
-    chars.
+    characters of \a ascii, ignoring the rest of \a ascii. If \a len
+    is -1 then the length of \a ascii is used. If \a len is bigger
+    than the length of \a ascii then it will use the length of \a
+    ascii.
+
+    If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
+    it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char. Otherwise, this function
+    does the same as fromLatin1().
 
     This is the same as the QString(const char*) constructor, but you
     can make that constructor invisible if you compile with the define
     \c QT_NO_CAST_ASCII, in which case you can explicitly create a
-    QString from Latin-1 text using this function.
+    QString from 8-bit ASCII text using this function.
 
     \code
-	QString str = QString::fromLatin1( "123456789", 5 );
+	QString str = QString::fromAscii( "123456789", 5 );
 	// str == "12345"
     \endcode
+ */
+QString QString::fromAscii( const char* ascii, int len )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
+	if ( !ascii )
+	    return QString::null;
+	if ( len < 0 )
+	    len = strlen( ascii );
+	if ( len == 0 || *ascii == '\0' )
+	    return QString::fromLatin1( "" );
+	return QTextCodec::codecForCStrings()->toUnicode( ascii, len );
+    }
+#endif
+    return fromLatin1( ascii, len );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
+    characters of \a chars, ignoring the rest of \a chars. If \a len
+    is -1 then the length of \a chars is used. If \a len is bigger
+    than the length of \a chars then it will use the length of \a
+    chars.
+
+    \sa fromAscii()
 */
 QString QString::fromLatin1( const char* chars, int len )
 {
     uint l;
     QChar *uc;
     if ( len < 0 )
 	 len = -1;
-    uc = internalAsciiToUnicode( chars, &l, len );
+    uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode( chars, &l, len );
     return QString( new QStringData(uc, l, l), TRUE );
 }
 
 /*!
     \fn const QChar* QString::unicode() const
 
     Returns the Unicode representation of the string. The result
     remains valid until the string is modified.
 */
 
 /*!
     Returns the string encoded in a locale-specific format. On X11,
     this is the QTextCodec::codecForLocale(). On Windows, it is a
-    system-defined encoding. On Mac OS X, this always uses utf8 as the
-    encoding.
+    system-defined encoding. On Mac OS X, this always uses UTF-8 as
+    the encoding.
 
     See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode
     strings.
 
-    \sa QString::fromLocal8Bit(), latin1(), utf8()
+    \sa fromLocal8Bit(), ascii(), latin1(), utf8()
 */
 
-
 QCString QString::local8Bit() const
 {
 #ifdef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
     return latin1();
 #else
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11
     QTextCodec* codec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
     return codec
 	    ? codec->fromUnicode(*this)
 	    : QCString(latin1());
 #endif
 #if defined( Q_WS_MACX )
     return utf8();
 #endif
 #if defined( Q_WS_MAC9 )
     return QCString(latin1()); //I'm evil..
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
     return qt_winQString2MB( *this );
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
-    return utf8(); // ##### if there is ANY 8 bit format supported?
+    return utf8(); // ### if there is any 8 bit format supported?
 #endif
 #endif
 }
 
 /*!
     Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
     characters of \a local8Bit, ignoring the rest of \a local8Bit. If
     \a len is -1 then the length of \a local8Bit is used. If \a len is
     bigger than the length of \a local8Bit then it will use the length
     of \a local8Bit.
 
     \code
 	QString str = QString::fromLocal8Bit( "123456789", 5 );
 	// str == "12345"
     \endcode
 
     \a local8Bit is assumed to be encoded in a locale-specific format.
 
     See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
 */
 QString QString::fromLocal8Bit( const char* local8Bit, int len )
 {
 #ifdef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
     return fromLatin1( local8Bit, len );
 #else
 
     if ( !local8Bit )
 	return QString::null;
 #ifdef Q_WS_X11
     QTextCodec* codec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
-    if ( len < 0 ) len = qstrlen(local8Bit);
+    if ( len < 0 )
+	len = strlen( local8Bit );
     return codec
 	    ? codec->toUnicode( local8Bit, len )
 	    : fromLatin1( local8Bit, len );
 #endif
 #if defined( Q_WS_MAC )
     return fromUtf8(local8Bit,len);
 #endif
 // Should this be OS_WIN32?
 #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
     if ( len >= 0 ) {
 	QCString s(local8Bit,len+1);
 	return qt_winMB2QString(s);
     }
     return qt_winMB2QString( local8Bit );
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
     return fromUtf8(local8Bit,len);
 #endif
 #endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
 }
 
 /*!
     \fn QString::operator const char *() const
 
     Returns latin1(). Be sure to see the warnings documented in the
     latin1() function. Note that for new code which you wish to be
     strictly Unicode-clean, you can define the macro \c
     QT_NO_ASCII_CAST when compiling your code to hide this function so
     that automatic casts are not done. This has the added advantage
     that you catch the programming error described in operator!().
 */
 
+/*!
+    \fn QString::operator std::string() const
+
+    Returns ascii().
+*/
+
 
 /*!
     Returns the QString as a zero terminated array of unsigned shorts
     if the string is not null; otherwise returns zero.
 
     The result remains valid so long as one unmodified
     copy of the source string exists.
 */
 const unsigned short *QString::ucs2() const
 {
     if ( ! d->unicode )
 	return 0;
     unsigned int len = d->len;
     if ( d->maxl < len + 1 ) {
 	// detach, grow or shrink
-	Q2HELPER(stat_copy_on_write++)
-	Q2HELPER(stat_copy_on_write_size += len)
 	uint newMax = computeNewMax( len + 1 );
 	QChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
 	if ( nd ) {
 	    if ( d->unicode )
 		memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(QChar)*len );
 	    ((QString *)this)->deref();
 	    ((QString *)this)->d = new QStringData( nd, len, newMax );
 	}
     }
     d->unicode[len] = 0;
     return (unsigned short *) d->unicode;
 }
 
 /*!
   Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as a
   UCS2 encoded, zero terminated, Unicode string.
 
   If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
 
   \sa isNull()
 */
 QString QString::fromUcs2( const unsigned short *str )
 {
     if ( !str ) {
 	return QString::null;
     } else {
 	int length = 0;
 	while( str[length] != 0 )
 	    length++;
 	QChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( length );
 	memcpy( uc, str, length*sizeof(QChar) );
 	return QString( new QStringData( uc, length, length ), TRUE );
@@ -16954,142 +17080,162 @@ void QString::subat( uint i )
     uint olen = d->len;
     if ( i >= olen ) {
 	setLength( i+1 );               // i is index; i+1 is needed length
 	for ( uint j=olen; j<=i; j++ )
 	    d->unicode[j] = QChar::null;
     } else {
 	// Just be sure to detach
 	real_detach();
     }
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Resizes the string to \a len characters and copies \a unicode into
     the string. If \a unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the
     string is still resized to \a len. If \a len is zero, then the
     string becomes a \link isNull() null\endlink string.
 
     \sa setLatin1(), isNull()
 */
 
 QString& QString::setUnicode( const QChar *unicode, uint len )
 {
     if ( len == 0 ) {                           // set to null string
 	if ( d != shared_null ) {               // beware of nullstring being set to nullstring
 	    deref();
 	    d = shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull();
 	    d->ref();
 	}
     } else if ( d->count != 1 || len > d->maxl ||
 		( len * 4 < d->maxl && d->maxl > 4 ) ) {
 	// detach, grown or shrink
-	Q2HELPER(stat_copy_on_write++)
-	Q2HELPER(stat_copy_on_write_size+=d->len)
 	uint newMax = computeNewMax( len );
 	QChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
 	if ( unicode )
 	    memcpy( nd, unicode, sizeof(QChar)*len );
 	deref();
 	d = new QStringData( nd, len, newMax );
     } else {
 	d->len = len;
 	d->setDirty();
 	if ( unicode )
 	    memcpy( d->unicode, unicode, sizeof(QChar)*len );
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     Resizes the string to \a len characters and copies \a
     unicode_as_ushorts into the string (on some X11 client platforms
     this will involve a byte-swapping pass).
 
     If \a unicode_as_ushorts is 0, nothing is copied, but the string
     is still resized to \a len. If \a len is zero, the string becomes
     a \link isNull() null\endlink string.
 
     \sa setLatin1(), isNull()
 */
 QString& QString::setUnicodeCodes( const ushort* unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )
 {
      return setUnicode((const QChar*)unicode_as_ushorts, len);
 }
 
 
 /*!
+    Sets this string to \a str, interpreted as a classic 8-bit ASCII C
+    string. If \a len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
+    strlen(str).
+
+    If \a str is 0 a null string is created. If \a str is "", an empty
+    string is created.
+
+    \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
+*/
+
+QString &QString::setAscii( const char *str, int len )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
+	*this = QString::fromAscii( str, len );
+	return *this;
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    return setLatin1( str, len );
+}
+
+/*!
     Sets this string to \a str, interpreted as a classic Latin1 C
     string. If \a len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
     strlen(str).
 
     If \a str is 0 a null string is created. If \a str is "", an empty
     string is created.
 
     \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
 */
 
 QString &QString::setLatin1( const char *str, int len )
 {
     if ( str == 0 )
 	return setUnicode(0,0);
     if ( len < 0 )
-	len = qstrlen(str);
+	len = strlen( str );
     if ( len == 0 ) {                           // won't make a null string
 	*this = QString::fromLatin1( "" );
     } else {
 	setUnicode( 0, len );                   // resize but not copy
 	QChar *p = d->unicode;
 	while ( len-- )
 	    *p++ = *str++;
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*! \internal
  */
 void QString::checkSimpleText() const
 {
     QChar *p = d->unicode;
     QChar *end = p + d->len;
-    d->simpletext = 1;
     while( p < end ) {
 	ushort uc = p->unicode();
 	// sort out regions of complex text formatting
 	if ( uc > 0x058f && ( uc < 0x1100 || uc > 0xfb0f ) ) {
-	    d->simpletext = 0;
+	    d->issimpletext = FALSE;
 	    return;
 	}
 	p++;
     }
+    d->issimpletext = TRUE;
 }
 
 /*! \fn bool QString::simpleText() const
   \internal
 */
 
 /*! \internal
  */
 bool QString::isRightToLeft() const
 {
     int len = length();
     QChar *p = d->unicode;
     while( len-- ) {
 	switch( ::direction( *p ) )
 	{
 	case QChar::DirL:
 	case QChar::DirLRO:
 	case QChar::DirLRE:
 	    return FALSE;
 	case QChar::DirR:
 	case QChar::DirAL:
 	case QChar::DirRLO:
 	case QChar::DirRLE:
 	    return TRUE;
 	default:
 	    break;
 	}
 	++p;
     }
     return FALSE;
 }
 
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qtextstream.cpp b/qmake/tools/qtextstream.cpp
index 75c6531..ddca5bd 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qtextstream.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qtextstream.cpp
@@ -1060,65 +1060,65 @@ QTextStream &QTextStream::writeBlock( const char* p, uint len )
 	if ( !mapper && !latin1 )
 	    ts_putc( QChar::byteOrderMark );
     }
     // QCString and const char * are treated as Latin-1
     if ( !mapper && latin1 ) {
 	dev->writeBlock( p, len );
     } else if ( !mapper && internalOrder ) {
 	QChar *u = new QChar[len];
 	for ( uint i = 0; i < len; i++ )
 	    u[i] = p[i];
 	dev->writeBlock( (char*)u, len * sizeof(QChar) );
 	delete [] u;
     } else {
 	for ( uint i = 0; i < len; i++ )
 	    ts_putc( (uchar)p[i] );
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 QTextStream &QTextStream::writeBlock( const QChar* p, uint len )
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
     if ( mapper ) {
 	if ( !d->encoder )
 	    d->encoder = mapper->makeEncoder();
 	QConstString s( p, len );
 	int l = len;
 	QCString block = d->encoder->fromUnicode( s.string(), l );
 	dev->writeBlock( block, l );
     } else
 #endif
     if ( latin1 ) {
-	char *str = QString::unicodeToAscii( p, len );
+	char *str = QString::unicodeToLatin1( p, len );
 	dev->writeBlock( str, len );
 	delete [] str;
     } else if ( internalOrder ) {
 	if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
 	    doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
 	    ts_putc( QChar::byteOrderMark );
 	}
 	dev->writeBlock( (char*)p, sizeof(QChar)*len );
     } else {
 	for (uint i=0; i<len; i++)
 	    ts_putc( p[i] );
     }
     return *this;
 }
 
 /*!
     Resets the text stream.
 
     \list
     \i All flags are set to 0.
     \i The field width is set to 0.
     \i The fill character is set to ' ' (Space).
     \i The precision is set to 6.
     \endlist
 
     \sa setf(), width(), fill(), precision()
 */
 
 void QTextStream::reset()
 {
     fflags = 0;
     fwidth = 0;
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qucom.cpp b/qmake/tools/qucom.cpp
index 6086a79..658da97 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qucom.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qucom.cpp
@@ -267,282 +267,165 @@ bool QUType_bool::convertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
     return t->convertTo( o, this );
 }
 
 bool QUType_bool::convertTo( QUObject *, QUType * )
 {
     return FALSE;
 }
 
 int QUType_bool::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 int QUType_bool::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 // {53C1F3BE-73C3-4c7d-9E05-CCF09EB676B5}
 const QUuid TID_QUType_int( 0x53c1f3be, 0x73c3, 0x4c7d, 0x9e, 0x5, 0xcc, 0xf0, 0x9e, 0xb6, 0x76, 0xb5 );
 QUType_int static_QUType_int;
 const QUuid *QUType_int::uuid() const  { return &TID_QUType_int; }
 const char *QUType_int::desc() const { return "int"; }
 
 void QUType_int::set( QUObject *o, int v )
 {
     o->payload.i = v;
     o->type = this;
 }
 
 bool QUType_int::canConvertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
-    if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_double ) ||
-	 isEqual( t, &static_QUType_float ) )
+    if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_double ) )
 	return TRUE;
 
     return t->canConvertTo( o, this );
 }
 
 bool QUType_int::canConvertTo( QUObject * /*o*/, QUType *t )
 {
-    return isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double ) ||
-	isEqual( t, &static_QUType_float );
+    return isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double );
 }
 
 bool QUType_int::convertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
     if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_double ) )
 	o->payload.i = (long)o->payload.d;
-    else if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_float ) )
-	o->payload.i = (long)o->payload.f;
     else
 	return t->convertTo( o, this );
 
     o->type = this;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 bool QUType_int::convertTo( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
     if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double ) ) {
 	o->payload.d = (double)o->payload.i;
 	o->type = &static_QUType_double;
-    } else if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_float ) ) {	
-	o->payload.f = (float)o->payload.i;
-	o->type = &static_QUType_float;
     } else
 	return FALSE;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 int QUType_int::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 int QUType_int::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
-// {5938712A-C496-11D5-8CB2-00C0F03BC0F3}
-const QUuid TID_QUType_uint( 0x5938712a, 0xc496, 0x11d5, 0x8c, 0xb2, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xf0, 0x3b, 0xc0, 0xf3);
-QUType_uint static_QUType_uint;
-const QUuid *QUType_uint::uuid() const  { return &TID_QUType_uint; }
-const char *QUType_uint::desc() const { return "uint"; }
-
-void QUType_uint::set( QUObject *o, uint v )
-{
-    o->payload.ui = v;
-    o->type = this;
-}
-
-bool QUType_uint::canConvertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
-{
-    return t->canConvertTo( o, this );
-}
-
-bool QUType_uint::canConvertTo( QUObject * /*o*/, QUType * /*t*/ )
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-bool QUType_uint::convertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
-{
-    return t->convertTo( o, this );
-}
-
-bool QUType_uint::convertTo( QUObject * /*o*/, QUType * /*t*/ )
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-int QUType_uint::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int QUType_uint::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
 // {2D0974E5-0BA6-4ec2-8837-C198972CB48C}
 const QUuid TID_QUType_double( 0x2d0974e5, 0xba6, 0x4ec2, 0x88, 0x37, 0xc1, 0x98, 0x97, 0x2c, 0xb4, 0x8c );
 QUType_double static_QUType_double;
 const QUuid *QUType_double::uuid() const { return &TID_QUType_double; }
 const char *QUType_double::desc() const {return "double"; }
 
 void QUType_double::set( QUObject *o, double v )
 {
     o->payload.d = v;
     o->type = this;
 }
 
 bool QUType_double::canConvertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
-    if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_int ) ||
-	 isEqual( t, &static_QUType_float) )
+    if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_int ) )
 	return TRUE;
 
     return t->canConvertTo( o, this );
 }
 
 bool QUType_double::canConvertTo( QUObject * /*o*/, QUType *t )
 {
-    return isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_int ) ||
-	isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_float );
+    return isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_int );
 }
 
 bool QUType_double::convertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
     if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_int ) )
 	o->payload.d = (double)o->payload.i;
-    else if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_float ) )
-	o->payload.d = (double)o->payload.f;
-    else
+     else
 	return t->convertTo( o, this );
 
     o->type = this;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 bool QUType_double::convertTo( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
     if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_int ) ) {
 	o->payload.i = (int) o->payload.d;
 	o->type = &static_QUType_int;
     } else if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double ) ) {
 	o->payload.d = (double) o->payload.f;
 	o->type = &static_QUType_double;
     } else
 	return FALSE;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 int QUType_double::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 int QUType_double::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
-
-// {544C5175-6993-4486-B04D-CEC4D21BF4B9 }
-const QUuid TID_QUType_float( 0x544c5175, 0x6993, 0x4486, 0xb0, 0x4d, 0xce, 0xc4, 0xd2, 0x1b, 0xf4, 0xb9 );
-QUType_float static_QUType_float;
-const QUuid *QUType_float::uuid() const { return &TID_QUType_float; }
-const char *QUType_float::desc() const {return "float"; }
-
-void QUType_float::set( QUObject *o, float v )
-{
-    o->payload.f = v;
-    o->type = this;
-}
-
-bool QUType_float::canConvertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
-{
-    if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_int ) ||
-	 isEqual( t, &static_QUType_double ) )
-	return TRUE;
-
-    return t->canConvertTo( o, this );
-}
-
-bool QUType_float::canConvertTo( QUObject * /*o*/, QUType *t )
-{
-    return isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_int ) ||
-	isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double );
-}
-
-bool QUType_float::convertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
-{
-    if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_int ) )
-	o->payload.f = (float)o->payload.i;
-    else if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_double ) )
-	o->payload.f = (float)o->payload.d;
-    else
-	return t->convertTo( o, this );
-
-    o->type = this;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-bool QUType_float::convertTo( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
-{
-    if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_int ) ) {
-	o->payload.i = (int) o->payload.f;
-	o->type = &static_QUType_int;
-    } else if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double ) ) {
-	o->payload.d = (double) o->payload.f;
-	o->type = &static_QUType_double;
-    } else
-	return FALSE;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-int QUType_float::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int QUType_float::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
 // {EFCDD1D4-77A3-4b8e-8D46-DC14B8D393E9}
 const QUuid TID_QUType_charstar( 0xefcdd1d4, 0x77a3, 0x4b8e, 0x8d, 0x46, 0xdc, 0x14, 0xb8, 0xd3, 0x93, 0xe9 );
 QUType_charstar static_QUType_charstar;
 const QUuid *QUType_charstar::uuid() const { return &TID_QUType_charstar; }
 const char *QUType_charstar::desc() const { return "char*"; }
 
 void QUType_charstar::set( QUObject *o, const char* v, bool take )
 {
     if ( take ) {
 	if ( v ) {
 	    o->payload.charstar.ptr = new char[ strlen(v) + 1 ];
 	    strcpy( o->payload.charstar.ptr, v );
 	} else {
 	    o->payload.charstar.ptr = 0;
 	}
 	o->payload.charstar.owner = TRUE;
     } else {
 	o->payload.charstar.ptr = (char*) v;
 	o->payload.charstar.owner = FALSE;
     }
     o->type = this;
 }
 
 bool QUType_charstar::canConvertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
     return t->canConvertTo( o, this );
 }
 
 bool QUType_charstar::canConvertTo( QUObject *, QUType * )
 {
     return FALSE;
 }
@@ -564,105 +447,98 @@ void QUType_charstar::clear( QUObject *o )
     o->payload.charstar.ptr = 0;
 }
 
 int QUType_charstar::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 int QUType_charstar::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 
 // Qt specific types
 
 // {44C2A547-01E7-4e56-8559-35AF9D2F42B7}
 const QUuid TID_QUType_QString( 0x44c2a547, 0x1e7, 0x4e56, 0x85, 0x59, 0x35, 0xaf, 0x9d, 0x2f, 0x42, 0xb7 );
 QUType_QString static_QUType_QString;
 const QUuid *QUType_QString::uuid() const { return &TID_QUType_QString; }
 const char *QUType_QString::desc() const { return "QString"; }
 
 void QUType_QString::set( QUObject *o, const QString& v )
 {
     o->payload.ptr = new QString( v );
     o->type = this;
 }
 
 bool QUType_QString::canConvertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
     if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_charstar ) ||
 	 isEqual( t, &static_QUType_double ) ||
-	 isEqual( t, &static_QUType_float ) ||
 	 isEqual( t, &static_QUType_int ) )
 	return TRUE;
 
     return t->canConvertTo( o, this );
 }
 
 bool QUType_QString::canConvertTo( QUObject * /*o*/, QUType *t )
 {
     return isEqual( t, &static_QUType_charstar ) ||
 	isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_int ) ||
-	isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double ) ||
-	isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_float );
+	isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double );
 }
 
 bool QUType_QString::convertFrom( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
     QString *str = 0;
     if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_charstar ) )
 	str = new QString( o->payload.charstar.ptr );
     else if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_double ) )
 	str = new QString( QString::number( o->payload.d ) );
-    else if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_float ) )
-	str = new QString( QString::number( o->payload.f ) );
     else if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_int ) )
 	str = new QString( QString::number( o->payload.i ) );
     else
 	return t->convertTo( o, this );
 
     o->type->clear( o );
     o->payload.ptr = str;
     o->type = this;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 bool QUType_QString::convertTo( QUObject *o, QUType *t )
 {
     QString *str = (QString *)o->payload.ptr;
     if ( isEqual( t, &static_QUType_charstar ) ) {
 	o->payload.charstar.ptr = qstrdup( str->local8Bit().data() );
 	o->payload.charstar.owner = TRUE;
 	o->type = &static_QUType_charstar;
     } else if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_int ) ) {
 	o->payload.l = str->toLong();
 	o->type = &static_QUType_int;
     } else if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_double ) ) {
 	o->payload.d = str->toDouble();
 	o->type = &static_QUType_double;
-    } else if ( isEqual( t,  &static_QUType_float ) ) {
-	o->payload.d = str->toFloat();
-	o->type = &static_QUType_float;
     } else {
         return FALSE;
     }
     delete str;
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 int QUType_QString::serializeTo( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 int QUType_QString::serializeFrom( QUObject *, QUBuffer * )
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
 void QUType_QString::clear( QUObject *o )
 {
     delete (QString*)o->payload.ptr;
     o->payload.ptr = 0;
 }
diff --git a/qmake/tools/qwaitcondition_unix.cpp b/qmake/tools/qwaitcondition_unix.cpp
index 99c1014..6684617 100644
--- a/qmake/tools/qwaitcondition_unix.cpp
+++ b/qmake/tools/qwaitcondition_unix.cpp
@@ -95,65 +95,65 @@ struct QWaitConditionPrivate {
     }
     \endcode
 
     Note that the order the three threads are woken up in is
     undefined, and that if some or all of the threads are still in
     do_something() when the key is pressed, they won't be woken up
     (since they're not waiting on the condition variable) and so the
     task will not be performed for that key press. This can be
     avoided by, for example, doing something like this:
 
     \code
     QMutex mymutex;
     QWaitCondition key_pressed;
     int mycount=0;
 
     // Worker thread code
     for (;;) {
 	key_pressed.wait(); // This is a QWaitCondition global variable
 	mymutex.lock();
 	mycount++;
 	mymutex.unlock();
 	do_something();
 	mymutex.lock();
 	mycount--;
 	mymutex.unlock();
     }
 
     // Key reading thread code
     for (;;) {
 	getchar();
 	mymutex.lock();
 	// Sleep until there are no busy worker threads
-	while( count > 0 ) {
+	while( mycount > 0 ) {
 	    mymutex.unlock();
 	    sleep( 1 );
 	    mymutex.lock();
 	}
 	mymutex.unlock();
 	key_pressed.wakeAll();
     }
     \endcode
 
     The mutexes are necessary because the results of two threads
     attempting to change the value of the same variable simultaneously
     are unpredictable.
 */
 
 /*!
     Constructs a new event signalling, i.e. wait condition, object.
 */
 QWaitCondition::QWaitCondition()
 {
     d = new QWaitConditionPrivate;
 
     int ret = pthread_cond_init(&d->cond, NULL);
 
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
     if (ret)
 	qWarning( "Wait condition init failure: %s", strerror( ret ) );
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /*!
     Deletes the event signalling, i.e. wait condition, object.
@@ -195,116 +195,121 @@ void QWaitCondition::wakeOne()
     This wakes all threads waiting on the QWaitCondition. The order in
     which the threads are woken up depends on the operating system's
     scheduling policies, and cannot be controlled or predicted.
 
     \sa wakeOne()
 */
 void QWaitCondition::wakeAll()
 {
     int ret = pthread_cond_broadcast(&d->cond);
 
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
     if (ret)
 	qWarning("Wait condition wakeAll failure: %s", strerror(ret));
 #endif
 }
 
 /*!
     Wait on the thread event object. The thread calling this will
     block until either of these conditions is met:
     \list
     \i Another thread signals it using wakeOne() or wakeAll(). This
        function will return TRUE in this case.
     \i \a time milliseconds has elapsed. If \a time is ULONG_MAX (the
        default), then the wait will never timeout (the event must be
        signalled). This function will return FALSE if the wait timed
        out.
     \endlist
 
     \sa wakeOne(), wakeAll()
 */
 bool QWaitCondition::wait(unsigned long time)
 {
-    pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+    pthread_mutex_t mutex;
+    pthread_mutex_init( &mutex, 0 );
+    pthread_mutex_lock( &mutex );
 
     int ret;
     if (time != ULONG_MAX) {
 	struct timeval tv;
 	gettimeofday(&tv, 0);
 
 	timespec ti;
-	ti.tv_nsec = (tv.tv_usec * 1000) + (time % 1000) * 1000;
+	ti.tv_nsec = ( tv.tv_usec + ( time % 1000 ) * 1000 ) * 1000;
 	ti.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec + (time / 1000) + ( ti.tv_nsec / 1000000000 );
 	ti.tv_nsec %= 1000000000;
 
 	ret = pthread_cond_timedwait(&d->cond, &mutex, &ti);
     } else
 	ret = pthread_cond_wait(&d->cond, &mutex);
 
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
     if (ret && ret != ETIMEDOUT)
 	qWarning("Wait condition wait failure: %s",strerror(ret));
 #endif
 
+    pthread_mutex_unlock( &mutex );
+    pthread_mutex_destroy( &mutex );
+
     return (ret == 0);
 }
 
 /*!
     \overload
 
     Release the locked \a mutex and wait on the thread event object.
     The \a mutex must be initially locked by the calling thread. If \a
     mutex is not in a locked state, this function returns immediately.
     If \a mutex is a recursive mutex, this function returns
     immediately. The \a mutex will be unlocked, and the calling thread
     will block until either of these conditions is met:
     \list
     \i Another thread signals it using wakeOne() or wakeAll(). This
        function will return TRUE in this case.
     \i \a time milliseconds has elapsed. If \a time is ULONG_MAX (the
        default), then the wait will never timeout (the event must be
        signalled). This function will return FALSE if the wait timed
        out.
     \endlist
 
     The mutex will be returned to the same locked state. This function
     is provided to allow the atomic transition from the locked state
     to the wait state.
 
     \sa wakeOne(), wakeAll()
 */
 bool QWaitCondition::wait(QMutex *mutex, unsigned long time)
 {
     if (! mutex)
 	return FALSE;
 
     if (mutex->d->type() == Q_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) {
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
 	qWarning("Wait condition warning: using recursive mutexes with\n"
 		 "                        wait conditions is undefined!");
 #endif
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
     int ret;
     if (time != ULONG_MAX) {
 	struct timeval tv;
 	gettimeofday(&tv, 0);
 
 	timespec ti;
-	ti.tv_nsec = (tv.tv_usec * 1000) + (time % 1000) * 1000;
+	ti.tv_nsec = ( tv.tv_usec + ( time % 1000 ) * 1000 ) * 1000;
 	ti.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec + (time / 1000) + ( ti.tv_nsec / 1000000000 );
 	ti.tv_nsec %= 1000000000;
 
 	ret = pthread_cond_timedwait(&d->cond, &mutex->d->handle, &ti);
     } else
 	ret = pthread_cond_wait(&d->cond, &mutex->d->handle);
 
 #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
     if (ret && ret != ETIMEDOUT)
 	qWarning("Wait condition wait failure: %s",strerror(ret));
 #endif
 
     return (ret == 0);
 }
 
 #endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT